May 09, 2024  
College Catalog 2021-2022 
    
College Catalog 2021-2022 [ARCHIVED CATALOG]

Course Descriptions/Official Course Syllabi


  

 

Respiratory Therapy

  
  • RSPT 1085 - Respiratory Therapy Procedures 1

    Credit Hours: 5.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program; BIOL 2710 , and BIOL 2730  or BIOL 2400  all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: RSPT 1050  and RSPT 1060  

    (replaces RSPT 1081 and RSPT 1090)

    RSPT 1085 introduces the patient care process. Topics include patient assessment, cardiopulmonary diagnostics and monitoring techniques, infection control and safety, and protocols and documentation used in the practice of respiratory therapy. Students develop psychomotor skills in respiratory therapy procedures.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    When Offered: Fall semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop a patient care plan.

    Objectives:

    1. List the common sections of a patient chart and explain the components of each.
    2. Describe the components of the Respiratory Care Practitioner (RCP) patient interview.
    3. List the categories of a patient “system” assessment done by a Respiratory Therapist (RT).
    4. Perform the essential steps for Respiratory Care procedures.
    5. Demonstrate how to obtain vital signs.
    6. Demonstrate proper technique for auscultation, palpation and percussion.
    7. List the four critical life functions and describe how they are assessed and corrected.
    8. List and describe the six primary symptoms of pulmonary disease and give some examples of abnormalities in lung function associated with these common pulmonary symptoms.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain and demonstrate the proper use of cardiopulmonary diagnostic devices and interpret the data provided.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the indications for, demonstrate the ability to set up, maintain, and interpret the data from basic respiratory therapy noninvasive monitors such as:
      1. Pulse oximeter
      2. Capnograph
      3. CO Device
      4. Transcutaneous monitor
      5. Apnea Monitor
    2. Interpret the values obtained for simple laboratory testing.
    3. Demonstrate the basic steps for chest radiograph interpretation and the ability to identify basic normal structures and basic abnormalities.
    4. Demonstrate the ability to interpret the information obtained from a radiology report.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to discuss the different procedures involved in the safe and appropriate administration of respiratory care and perform the different procedures following appropriate infection control and safety techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate proper technique for infection control
    2. Describe and perform proper body mechanics techniques for moving objects and moving patients.
    3. Describe the methods used to prevent shock hazards in patient situations.
    4. Demonstrate safe use of oxygen and electrical equipment.
    5. Explain how to minimize fire hazards.
    6. Explain the purpose of and the information found on a material safety data sheet.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate proper documentation of respiratory therapy procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the medical and legal issues associated with a medical record.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to follow a therapist driven protocol. Demonstrate the ability to perform traditional charting, S.O.A.P.I.E.R. (Subjective, Objective, Assessment, Plan, Intervention, Evaluation, and Revision) notes and computer charting.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Module A: Day in the Life of a Respiratory Therapist

    Module B: Medical Terminology

    Module C: An Overview of the Patient Care Process

    Module D: Infection Control & Safety

    1. Infection Control
    2. Disaster Preparedness
    3. Safety Goals
    4. Body Mechanics
    5. Occupational Safety
    6. Electrical Safety
    7. Fire Safety

    Module E: Patient Assessment

    1. Initial Patient Contact
    2. Chart Review
    3. Interview
    4. Initial Impression
    5. Respiratory Assessment
    6. Cardiac Assessment
    7. Abdominal, Renal, Extremities

    Module F: Noninvasive diagnostic monitoring and testing


    Primary Faculty
    Zahodnic, Richard
    Secondary Faculty
    Niemer, Laurie
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • RSPT 1115 - Respiratory Therapy Procedures 2

    Credit Hours: 7.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program; RSPT 1050 , RSPT 1060 , and RSPT 1085  all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: RSPT 1140  and RSPT 1200  

    (replaces RSPT 1111 and RSPT 1120)

    RSPT 1115 is an orientation to the procedures, techniques, and equipment used in the practice of respiratory therapy. Topics covered include use of protocols, oxygen therapy, airway dilation therapy, volume expansion therapy, pulmonary hygiene therapy, airway management, resuscitation, and documentation. Students will develop psychomotor skills in respiratory therapy procedures.

    Billable Contact Hours: 9

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to apply respiratory therapy protocols to differing clinical situations.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a patient scenario, the student will select the appropriate protocol for successful treatment of a patient.
    2. Given a patient scenario, the student will follow the appropriate protocol pathway for successful treatment of a patient.
    3. Given a patient scenario, the student will determine the appropriate followup action once the desired response to the therapy has or has not been achieved.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to develop a respiratory patient care plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform data gathering through chart review, interview, diagnostic testing and patient assessment.
    2. Given a patient scenario, interpret the data and determine the appropriate action required.
    3. Given a patient scenario, select the protocols necessary and incorporate them into a care plan.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability use respiratory therapy equipment while performing the procedures involved in the safe and appropriate administration of therapies.

    Objectives:

    1. Using a lab partner or anatomic model, demonstrate the ability to select, set up, maintain, and troubleshoot diagnostic and therapeutic respiratory therapy equipment.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to perform respiratory therapy procedures in a safe and appropriate manner.
    3. Using a lab partner or anatomic model, demonstrate the ability to setup, monitor and discontinue oxygen therapy.
    4. Using a lab partner or anatomic model, demonstrate the ability to draw up medications, perform aerosol therapy, monitor, and discontinue airway dilation therapy.
    5. Using a lab partner or anatomic model, demonstrate the ability to administer, monitor and discontinue volume expansion therapy.
    6. Using a lab partner or anatomic model, demonstrate the ability to administer, monitor and discontinue pulmonary hygiene therapy.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss and demonstrate ways to establish and maintain a patent airway and adequate artificial ventilation.

    Objectives:

    1. List and compare the options available for establishing an open airway.
    2. Describe the indications for, advantages of and disadvantages for the most common artificial airways.
    3. Given a patient scenario, describe the technique most appropriate for maintaining a patent airway and adequate artificial ventilation.
    4. On an anatomical model, demonstrate the ability to select, properly insert, maintain, and remove the following airways:
      1. Oral pharyngeal airways
      2. Nasal pharyngeal airways
      3. Troubleshooting
    5. On an anatomical model, demonstrate the ability to provide adequate artificial ventilation with the following devices:
      1. Fluid shield.
      2. Pocket mask.
      3. Bag-valve-mask.
      4. Demand valve.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the ability to perform chest compressions
    2. Demonstrate the ability to open an airway and provide ventilation
    3. Demonstrate set up and use of a defibrillator

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate proper documentation of respiratory therapy procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the ability to complete the most common types of respiratory care documentation:
      1. Oxygen form.
      2. Treatment form.
      3. Data gathering (triage form)
      4. Care plan.
    2. Compare the benefits and drawbacks of the three major forms of charting.
    3. Describe the purpose of a patient chart, discuss some of the legal aspects of recordkeeping and list some general rules for medical record keeping.
    4. Describe the components of a traditional medical record.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Module A: Diagnostics

    1. Pulmonary Function Testing
    2. Cardiovascular
    3. Blood Gases

    Module B: Protocols and Documentation

    1. Respiratory Therapy Consult Service
    2. Treatment Protocols
    3. Respiratory Disorders and Scenarios
    4. The Medical Record

    Module C: Medical Gas Therapy

    1. Compressed Gases
    2. Oxygen Therapy
    3. Delivery Systems
    4. Humidity and Aerosol Therapy

    Module D: Aerosol Medication Delivery

    1. Selecting Equipment
    2. Administration
    3. Monitoring Effectiveness

    Module E: Pulmonary Hygiene

    1. Directed Cough
    2. Breathing Retraining and Inspiratory Muscle Strengthening
    3. Bland Aerosols
    4. Mucolytics
    5. Chest PhysioTherapy
    6. Positive Airway Pressure Therapy
    7. Secretion Clearance Devices

    Module F: Volume Expansion

    1. Incentive Spirometry
    2. Intermittent Positive Pressure Breathing
    3. Continuous Positive Pressure Therapy

    Module G: Emergency Management

    1. Normal airway
    2. Opening the airway
    3. Pharyngeal airway adjuncts
    4. Equipment for Ventilation and Defibrillation
    5. CPR Techniques

    Primary Faculty
    Zahodnic, Richard
    Secondary Faculty
    Niemer, Laurie
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • RSPT 1140 - Cardiopulmonary Pathology

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program; RSPT 1050 , RSPT 1060 , and RSPT 1085  all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: RSPT 1115  and RSPT 1200  

    RSPT 1140 is a detailed study of disease affecting the cardiovascular and pulmonary systems. The student will study the assessment process and the role of the Respiratory Care Practitioner in developing and implementing therapist‑driven protocols. The anatomic alterations, etiology, clinical manifestations, and patient care plan will be reviewed for each disease process.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the assessment process and the role of the Respiratory Care Practitioner in developing and implementing therapist driven protocols.

    Objectives:

    1. Given the results of an arterial blood sample, interpret the acid base disturbance, degree of compensation, and level of oxygenation present.
    2. Given the results of a pulmonary function study, determine the type and severity of respiratory disorder present.
    3. Describe the physical assessment techniques used in the pulmonary assessment of a patient.
    4. List the five respiratory protocols and describe when each is used.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to state the clinical definition of the disease and describe the etiology of each disorder.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a disease of the pulmonary system, state a definition of the disease.
    2. Given a disease of the pulmonary system, state the etiology of the disease.
    3. Given a cardiovascular disease, state a definition of the disease.
    4. Given a cardiovascular disease, state the etiology of the disease.
    5. Given a disease of the neurological system, state a definition of the disease.
    6. Given a disease of the neurological system, state the etiology of the disease.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the anatomic alterations of the lungs caused by common respiratory disorders.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a disease of the pulmonary system, state the anatomic alteration associated with the disease.
    2. Given a cardiovascular disease, state the anatomic alteration associated with the disease.
    3. Given a disease of the neurological system, state the anatomic alteration associated with the disease.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the major pathophysiologic mechanisms activated throughout the respiratory system as a result of the anatomic alterations.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a disease of the pulmonary system, state the pathophysiologic alterations associated with the disease.
    2. Given a cardiovascular disease, state the pathophysiologic alterations associated with the disease.
    3. Given a disease of the neurological system, state the pathophysiologic alterations associated with the disease.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the common clinical manifestations that develop as a result of pulmonary and cardiovascular disease.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a disease of the pulmonary system, describe the clinical manifestations associated with the disease.
    2. Given a cardiovascular disease, describe the clinical manifestations associated with the disease.
    3. Given a disease of the neurological system, describe the clinical manifestations associated with the disease.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate the assessment data & develop an appropriate treatment care plan for each disease process.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a disease of the pulmonary system, list the assessment data that should be performed to treat the disease.
    2. Given a disease of the pulmonary system, list components of the treatment plan used in the management of the disease.
    3. Given a cardiovascular disease, list the assessment data that should be performed to treat the disease.
    4. Given a cardiovascular disease, list components of the treatment plan used in the management of the disease.
    5. Given a disease of the neurological system, list the assessment data that should be performed to treat the disease.
    6. Given a disease of the neurological system, list components of the treatment plan used in the management of the disease.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the role of the RCP in disease prevention.

    Objectives:

    1. List interventions that Respiratory Care Practitioners can use to treat patients with pulmonary disorders.
    2. List interventions that Respiratory Care Practitioners can use to treat patients with cardiovascular disorders.
    3. List interventions that Respiratory Care Practitioners can use to treat patients with neurological disorders.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to Mechanical Ventilation
      1. Modes
      2. Elimination of PaCO2
      3. Improvement of Oxygenation
    2. Assessment Process
    3. Therapist Driven Protocols
    4. Chronic Obstructive Lung Diseases
      1. Asthma
      2. Emphysema
      3. Bronchieactasis
      4. Chronic Bronchitis
      5. Cystic Fibrosis
      6. Croup
      7. Epiglottitis
    5. Cardiovascular Diseases
      1. Myocardial Infarction
      2. Congestive Heart Failure
      3. Pulmonary Embolism
      4. Cerebral Vascular Accident
    6. Flail Chest
    7. Pneumothorax
    8. Neuromuscular Disease
    9. Sleep Disorder
    10. ARDS
    11. Atelectasis
    12. Cancer of the Lung
    13. Drowning
    14. Interstitial Lung Disease
    15. Smoke Inhalation
    16. Pneumonia
    17. Lung Abscess
    18. Tuberculosis
    19. AIDS

    Primary Faculty
    Niemer, Laurie
    Secondary Faculty
    Zahodnic, Richard
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • RSPT 1200 - Cardiopulmonary Pharmacology

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program; RSPT 1050 , RSPT 1060 , and RSPT 1085  all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: RSPT 1115  and RSPT 1140  

    RSPT 1200 is designed to teach aerosol delivery of respiratory medications that are specifically delivered by respiratory care practitioners. An in‑depth study of the autonomic nervous system will be covered to explain the mechanism of drug actions. The student will learn indications, modes of delivery, dosages, and adverse reactions of respiratory medications. The student also will be introduced to critical care pharmacology.

    Billable Contact Hours: 1.5

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will identify and describe the generic and trade names, routes of administration, dosages, mechanism of action, and adverse reactions of all respiratory medication (Respiratory Medication Packet).

    Objectives:

    1. Given a respiratory medication, state the generic and trade names.
    2. Given a respiratory medication, state its most common routes of administration and the dosage associated with that route.
    3. Given a respiratory medication, state the mechanism of action.
    4. Given a respiratory medication, state the hazards, complications, and adverse reactions associated with that medication.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will identify and describe the generic and trade names, routes of administration, mechanism of action, and adverse reactions to all critical care medications (Advanced Critical Care Medication Packet).

    Objectives:

    1. Given a critical care medication, state the generic and trade names.
    2. Given a critical care medication, state its most common routes of administration and the dosage associated with that route.
    3. Given a critical care medication, state the mechanism of action.
    4. Given a critical care medication, state the hazards, complications, and adverse reactions associated with that medication.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will develop an in-depth knowledge of the autonomic nervous system and be able to apply this knowledge in describing the action of respiratory and critical care medications.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of the neural junction.
    2. Compare and contrast the sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous system.
    3. Compare and contrast adrenergic and cholinergic receptors.
    4. Differentiate between the different methods of bronchodilation.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will interpret and evaluate a medication order, perform drug calculations, and safely administer aerosol therapy.

    Objectives:

    1. List the components of a proper medication order.
    2. Compare and contrast different methods of aerosol delivery.
    3. Given appropriate information, derive drug dosage calculations.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will recognize adverse reactions to medications and take appropriate actions.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the procedure you would follow in the event of an adverse reaction.
    2. Describe how a respiratory care practitioner can decrease the incidence of oral fungal infections when administering aerosolized steroids.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will apply and evaluate assessment data and respiratory physiology to determine the appropriate drug therapy and treatment protocol.

    Objectives:

    1. List those agents used as an aid to smoking cessation for the relief of nicotine withdrawal.
    2. Describe how a treatment protocol can be used to titrate medication delivery for an asthmatic patient.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. General Pharmacologic Principles
      1. Generic and Trade Names
      2. Classification
      3. Indications
      4. Actions
      5. Adverse Reactions
      6. Contraindications
      7. Dosages
    2. Drug Dosing
      1. Solute
      2. Solvent
      3. Solution
      4. Percent of Solution
      5. Mass of Drug
      6. Volume of Drug
      7. Neuroreceptors
    3. Bronchodilators
      1. Mechanism of Action
      2. Sympathomimetics
      3. AntiCholinergics
      4. Xanthines
    4. Aerosol Delivery
      1. Small Volume Nebulizers
      2. Continuous Aerosol Therapy
      3. Metered Dose Inhalers
      4. Dry Powdered Inhalers
      5. Small Particle Aerosol Generators
    5. Mucolytics
    6. Anti-Inflammatory Agents
      1. Mast Cell Stabilizers
      2. Leukotriene Antagonists
      3. Corticosteroids
    7. Anti-Infective Agents
    8. Surface Active Agents
    9. Anesthetic Agents
    10. Nicotine Replacement Therapy
    11. Cardiovascular Agents
    12. Neuromuscular Blocking Agents

    Primary Faculty
    Niemer, Laurie
    Secondary Faculty
    Zahodnic, Richard
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • RSPT 1210 - Pediatric/Neonatal Respiratory Care

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program

    Corequisites: RSPT 1115  and RSPT 1140  

    RSPT 1210 introduces students to neonatal and pediatric respiratory care. The course covers fetal lung development, anatomy and physiology, neonatal development, pathology, CPR, acid‑base monitoring, and introduction to mechanical ventilation of the newborn.

    Billable Contact Hours: 1.5

    When Offered: Winter Semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will develop an understanding of the changes in anatomy and physiology of the cardiopulmonary system that occur from conception through the early neonatal period.

    Objectives:

    1. Differentiate the phases of prenatal cardiopulmonary development.
    2. Differentiate between the different phases of labor and delivery.
    3. Identify and describe the factors that cause changes in cardiopulmonary anatomy and physiology during the first minutes of postuterine life.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will develop an understanding of the cardiopulmonary pathologies that exist in the infant and child.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a neonatal respiratory disorder, describe the pathophysiologic alterations present.
    2. Given a neonatal cardiac defect, describe the pathophysiologic alterations present.
    3. Given a neonatal respiratory disorder, describe the therapeutic interventions used to treat the disorder.
    4. Given a neonatal cardiac defect, describe the therapeutic interventions used to treat the disorder.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will utilize information gathered from laboratory, diagnostic testing, and patient assessment to evaluate respiratory and cardiac function.

    Objectives:

    1. Differentiate between the various methods of assessing cardiovascular status during the perinatal period.
    2. Given a clinical scenario, convert the baby’s weight to the desired units, calculate the baby’s Apgar score, and suggest appropriate interventions based upon the measured score.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will apply pharmacological agents to the treatment protocol of infants and children with respiratory and cardiac disorders.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a respiratory medication, state the indication, contraindication, dosage, mechanism of action, and adverse reactions associated with its use.
    2. Describe how a respiratory care protocol can be used to manage a patient with cardiopulmonary disease in the neonatal or pediatric period.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will analyze and evaluate respiratory treatment with the use of invasive and non-invasive monitoring.

    Objectives:

    1. State the indication for an umbilical arterial line and describe the technique for placement.
    2. Differentiate between the various methods available to control arterial blood-gas values.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will apply airway management and resuscitative techniques and protocols from the American Heart Association Pediatric Advanced Life Support (PALS) guidelines and evaluate patient response.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical scenario where a neonate/infant/child needs to be intubated, select the correct equipment and describe the technique required to successfully intubate the patient and manage the airway.
    2. Describe the technique associated with cardiopulmonary resuscitation in the infant.
    3. Describe the technique associated with cardiopulmonary resuscitation in the child.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Embryonic Development
    2. Assessment of Fetal Growth
    3. Assessment of Labor and Delivery
    4. Post-Delivery Stabilization and Recovery
    5. Assessment of the Newborn
    6. Thermal Regulation
    7. Mechanical Ventilation
    8. Neonatal Diseases
    9. Congenital Heart Diseases
    10. Pediatric Diseases.

    Primary Faculty
    Niemer, Laurie
    Secondary Faculty
    Zahodnic, Richard
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • RSPT 1260 - Clinical Internship 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program; RSPT 1115 , RSPT 1140 , RSPT 1200 , and RSPT 1210  all with grade C or better

    This course introduces the student to clinical practice by providing 32 hours/week of clinical training in a hospital setting. Students perform basic respiratory therapy procedures learned in the procedures laboratory (RSPT 1090 and RSPT 1120). The laboratory portion of the course includes an eight‑hour/week workshop held at the college. The lab is designed to introduce the student to the concepts and psychomotor skills necessary to care for patients on mechanical ventilators. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Billable Contact Hours: 7

    When Offered: Spring/Summer semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will develop professional behaviors and attitudes that contribute to satisfactory clinical practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Consistently arrive at the clinical site at the assigned time and prepared for the day’s activities.
    2. Have the following in their possession at all times:
      1. Results of personal physical examination.
      2. Verification of Hepatitis vaccine or waiver.
      3. Titers for communicable diseases or verification of recent vaccination.
      4. Result of TB skin test or chest x-ray result.
      5. BLS Healthcare Provider card.
      6. Drug cards for medications commonly used in clinical practice.
    3. Consistently demonstrate appropriate work appearance as outlined in the student handbook.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will effectively and accurately communicate, orally and through written documentation, to patients and other members of the health care team.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper documentation of the intervention and the patient’s response.
    2. Given a patient interaction, demonstrate appropriate communication interpersonal skills.
    3. Given a clinical situation, indicate proper techniques to maintain privacy in the healthcare setting.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will adequately demonstrate patient assessment skills through inspection, palpation, percussion, and auscultation and correlate the results to the patient’s pathophysiology.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify the proper assessment techniques required.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently state the anticipated outcomes of the assessment intervention.
    3. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper technique of assessment intervention.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will correlate assessment data and patients pathophysiology to implement and evaluate a safe and appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify pathophysiological changes that are present.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify clinical signs and symptoms that are emergent in nature and recommend appropriate steps to resolve.
    3. Given a clinical situation and appropriate patient information, consistently identify the correct protocol or treatment plan to improve the patient’s cardiopulmonary status.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will develop psychomotor skills in performing basic respiratory therapy procedures according to the acceptable treatment protocol.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will demonstrate successful completion of the following performance evaluations:
      1. Hand Washing. (#1)
      2. Oxygen Supply Systems. (#2)
      3. Oxygen Delivery Devices. (#3)
      4. Oxygen Tent. (#4)
      5. Oxygen Therapy. (#5)
      6. Oxygen Rounds. (#6)
      7. Aerosol Therapy. (#7)
      8. Metered Dose Inhaler. (#8)
      9. Incentive Spirometry. (#9)
      10. IPPB. (#11)
      11. Chest Physical Therapy. (#12)
      12. Suctioning. (#13)
      13. Manual Resuscitation - Adult. (#14)
      14. Manual Resuscitation - Infant. (#15)
      15. Intubation and Alternate Airways. (#16)
      16. Arterial Blood-Gas Sampling. (#18 Optional)
      17. Pulse Oximetry. (#29)

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will compare and contrast the different modes of mechanical ventilation and demonstrate proficiency in ventilating lung models in the laboratory setting.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the ability to disassemble, process, reassemble, and perform a self-test on a ventilator to ascertain proper function prior to placement on a patient.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to prepare a mechanical ventilator in the assist/control (A/C) mode.
    3. Demonstrate the ability to make ventilator changes and to troubleshoot when problems arise.
    4. Demonstrate proper documentation of the patient-ventilator interface.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Airway Resistance
    2. Lung Compliance
    3. Deadspace Ventilation
    4. Ventilatory Failure
    5. Oxygenation Failure
    6. Indications for Mechanical Ventilation
    7. Pulmonary Considerations
    8. Cardiovascular Considerations
    9. Hemodynamic Considerations
    10. Renal Considerations
    11. Ventilatory Work
    12. Input Power
    13. Drive Mechanism
    14. Control Circuit
    15. Control Variables
    16. Phase Variables
    17. Output Waveforms
    18. Alarm Systems
    19. Negative and Positive Pressure Ventilation
    20. Operating Modes of Ventilation
    21. Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP)
    22. Continuous Positive Airway Pressure (CPAP)
    23. Controlled Ventilation
    24. Assist-Control Ventilation
    25. Synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation
    26. Pressure Support Ventilation
    27. Tube Compensation
    28. Dual-Control Mode Ventilation
    29. Physiologic Effects of Noninvasive Positive Pressure Ventilation (NIPPV)
    30. Continuous Positive Airway Pressure (CPAP)
    31. Bi-level Positive Airway Pressure (BiPAP)
    32. Common Interfaces for CPAP and Bi-PAP
    33. Interface Problems
    34. CPAP/BiPAP Titration
    35. Indication for Mechanical Ventilation
    36. Contraindications for Mechanical Ventilation
    37. Initial Ventilator Settings
    38. Ventilator Alarm Settings
    39. Hazards and Complications of Mechanical Ventilation
    40. Patient Assessment
    41. Fluid Balance
    42. Anion Gap
    43. Arterial Blood Assessment
    44. Oxygen Saturation
    45. Flow Waveforms
    46. Pressure Waveforms
    47. Volume Waveforms

    Primary Faculty
    Niemer, Laurie
    Secondary Faculty
    Zahodnic, Richard
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • RSPT 2250 - Clinical Internship 2

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program; RSPT 1260  with grade Pass

    Corequisites: RSPT 2335  and RSPT 2350  

    This course requires respiratory therapy students to complete 160 hours of clinical training experience. Objectives focus on pulmonary function testing, critical care pharmacology, arterial blood gases, and an introduction to mechanical ventilation. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Billable Contact Hours: 5

    When Offered: Fall semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    CRITICAL CARE ROTATION I

    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will develop professional behaviors and attitudes that contribute to satisfactory clinical practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Consistently arrive at the clinical site at the assigned time and prepared for the day’s activities.
      1. Have the following in their possession at all times:
        1. Results of personal physical examination.
        2. Verification of Hepatitis vaccine or waiver.
        3. Titers for communicable diseases or verification of recent vaccination.
        4. Result of TB skin test or chest x-ray result
        5. BLS Healthcare Provider card.
        6. Drug cards for medications commonly used in clinical practice.
    2. Consistently demonstrate appropriate work appearance as outlined in the student handbook.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will effectively and accurately communicate, orally and through written documentation, to patients and other members of the Health Care Team.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper documentation of the intervention and the patient’s response.
    2. Given a patient interaction, demonstrate appropriate communication interpersonal skills.
    3. Given a clinical situation, indicate proper techniques to maintain privacy in the healthcare setting.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will adequately demonstrate patient assessment skills through inspection, palpation, percussion and auscultation and correlate the results to the patient’s pathophysiology.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify the proper assessment techniques required.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently state the anticipated outcomes of the assessment intervention.
    3. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper technique of assessment intervention.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will correlate assessment data and patients pathophysiology to determine a safe and appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify pathophysiological changes that are present.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify clinical signs and symptoms that are emergent in nature and recommend appropriate steps to resolve.
    3. Given a clinical situation and appropriate patient information, consistently identify the correct protocol or treatment plan to improve the patient’s cardiopulmonary status.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate an arterial blood draw from an arterial line, interpret results of an arterial blood gas and recommend appropriate treatment.

    Objectives:

    1. State the normal values associated with blood-gas analysis.
    2. Given a clinical situation and appropriate patient information, make appropriate recommendations to correct the acid-base and oxygenation status.
    3. Demonstrate the proper procedure for drawing blood from an arterial line.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will develop psychomotor skills in performing respiratory therapy procedures safely and according to the acceptable treatment protocol.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the proper procedure of suctioning with a 24-hour suction catheter.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to set up a mechanical ventilator for patient use.
    3. Perform a routine ventilator check, according to department policy and procedure.
    4. Perform an assessment of the patient’s readiness to be liberated from mechanical ventilation.

    CRITICAL CARE ROTATION II

    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate further development of professional behaviors and attitudes that contribute to satisfactory clinical practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Consistently arrive at the clinical site at the assigned time and prepared for the day’s activities.
      1. Have the following in their possession at all times:
        1. Results of personal physical examination.
        2. Verification of Hepatitis vaccine or waiver.
        3. Titers for communicable diseases or verification of recent vaccination.
        4. Result of TB skin test or chest x-ray result
        5. BLS Healthcare Provider card.
        6. Drug cards for medications commonly used in clinical practice.
    2. Consistently demonstrate appropriate work appearance as outlined in the student handbook.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate growth in effective and accurate communication skills, demonstrated thorough oral and written documentation, to patients and other members of the Health Care Team.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper documentation of the intervention and the patient’s response.
    2. Given a patient interaction, demonstrate appropriate communication interpersonal skills.
    3. Given a clinical situation, indicate proper techniques to maintain privacy in the healthcare setting.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate continued improvement of adequate patient assessment skills through inspection, palpation, percussion and auscultation and correlate the results to the patient’s pathophysiology.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify the proper assessment techniques required.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently state the anticipated outcomes of the assessment intervention.
    3. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper technique of assessment intervention.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate continued competency in correlating assessment data and patients pathophysiology to determine a safe and appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify pathophysiological changes that are present.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify clinical signs and symptoms that are emergent in nature and recommend appropriate steps to resolve.
    3. Given a clinical situation and appropriate patient information, consistently identify the correct protocol or treatment plan to improve the patient’s cardiopulmonary status.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate further development of psychomotor skills used in performing respiratory therapy procedures safely and according to the acceptable treatment protocol.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the proper procedure of suctioning with a 24-hour suction catheter.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to set up a mechanical ventilator for patient use.
    3. Perform a routine ventilator check, according to department policy and procedure.
    4. Perform an assessment of the patient’s readiness to be liberated from mechanical ventilation.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate competency in performing bedside pulmonary function measurements.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate proper calibration of a bedside pulmonary function device.
    2. Instruct a patient on how to perform a Forced Vital Capacity (FVC), Flow-Volume Loop (FVL), and Mandatory Volume Ventilation (MVV).

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, when given pulmonary function data, students will determine if a post-bronchodilator study is indicated and be able to calculate the percent change between pre- and post-bronchodilator measurements.

    PEDIATRIC SPECIALTY ROTATION

    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will develop professional behaviors and attitudes that contribute to satisfactory clinical practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Consistently arrive at the clinical site at the assigned time and prepared for the day’s activities. The student will:
      1. Have the following in their possession at all times:
        1. Results of personal physical examination.
        2. Verification of Hepatitis vaccine or waiver.
        3. Titers for communicable diseases or verification of recent vaccination.
        4. Result of TB skin test or chest x-ray result
        5. BLS Healthcare Provider card.
        6. Drug cards for medications commonly used in clinical practice.
    2. Consistently demonstrate appropriate work appearance as outlined in the student handbook.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will effectively and accurately communicate, orally and through written documentation, to patients and other members of the Health Care Team.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper documentation of the intervention and the patient’s response.
    2. Given a patient interaction, demonstrate appropriate communication interpersonal skills.
    3. Given a clinical situation, indicate proper techniques to maintain privacy in the healthcare setting.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will correlate assessment data and patients pathophysiology to determine a safe and appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify pathophysiological changes that are present.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify clinical signs and symptoms that are emergent in nature and recommend appropriate steps to resolve.
    3. Given a clinical situation and appropriate patient information, consistently identify the correct protocol or treatment plan to improve the patient’s cardiopulmonary status.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will develop psychomotor skills in performing capillary and arterial blood sampling, and will be able to interpret results and recommend an appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and list normal capillary/arterial blood gas values.
    2. Observe the proper procedure for performing a capillary blood gas.
    3. Given a capillary or arterial blood gas:
      1. Interpret the CBG/ABG
      2. Make recommendations to treat the acid base and/or oxygenation abnormality.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to initiate, monitor and recommend an appropriate treatment plan for patients receiving ventilatory life support and be able to evaluate patient’s response.

    Objectives:

    1. Set up a mechanical ventilator for patient use.
    2. Perform a routine ventilator check according to department policy and procedure.
    3. Calculate appropriate values used to assess the pediatric or neonatal patient during mechanical ventilation.
    4. Complete patient assessment forms as designated by the clinical instructor.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate safe administration of all respiratory therapy procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Set up and maintain an oxygen hood.
    2. Observe endotracheal suctioning utilizing sterile technique.
    3. Demonstrate the proper procedure of bag/mask or bag/tube ventilation.
    4. Demonstrate the proper procedure for administering aerosolized medications.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will correlate, assess and evaluate the patient’s cardiovascular status using invasive and/or noninvasive monitoring devices.

    Objectives:

    1. Set up and maintain a pulse oximeter.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Critical Care I
      1. Arterial Blood Gas Sampling
      2. Arterial Blood Gas Analysis(OPTIONAL)
      3. Ventilatory Assessment
      4. 24-hour Suction Catheter
      5. Ventilator Set-Up
      6. Routine Ventilator Check
      7. Non-Invasive Ventilation
    2. Critical Care II
      1. Arterial Blood Gas Sampling
      2. Arterial Blood Gas Analysis
      3. Ventilatory Assessment
      4. 24-hour Suction Catheter
      5. Ventilator Set-Up
      6. Ventilator Circuit Change
      7. Routine Ventilator Check
      8. Non-Invasive Ventilation
      9. Bedside Pulmonary Function
    3. Pediatric/Neonatal
      1. Ventilator Set -up
      2. Ventilator Circuit Change
      3. Routine Ventilator Check
      4. Neonatal/Pediatric Ventilator
      5. Manual Ventilation
      6. Capillary Blood Gas

    Primary Faculty
    Niemer, Laurie
    Secondary Faculty
    Zahodnic, Richard
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • RSPT 2260 - Clinical Internship 3

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program

    Corequisites: RSPT 2335  and RSPT 2350 

    This course requires respiratory therapy students to complete 160 additional hours of clinical training experience in an affiliated hospital. Objectives focus on pulmonary function testing, critical care pharmacology, arterial blood gases, and mechanical ventilation. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Billable Contact Hours: 5

    When Offered: Fall semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    CRITICAL CARE ROTATION I

    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, the student will develop professional behaviors and attitudes that contribute to satisfactory clinical practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Consistently arrive at the clinical site at the assigned time and prepared for the day’s activities.
      1. Consistently have the following in their possession at all times:
        1. Results of personal physical examination.
        2. Verification of Hepatitis vaccine or waiver.
        3. Titers for communicable diseases or verification of recent vaccination.
        4. Result of TB skin test or chest x-ray result.
        5. BLS Healthcare Provider card.
        6. Drug cards for medications commonly used in clinical practice.
      2. Consistently demonstrate appropriate work appearance as outlined in the student handbook.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, the student will effectively and accurately communicate, orally and through written documentation, to patients and other members of the Health Care Team.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper documentation of the intervention and the patient’s response.
    2. Given a patient interaction, demonstrate appropriate communication interpersonal skills.
    3. Given a clinical situation, indicate proper techniques to maintain privacy in the healthcare setting.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, the student will adequately demonstrate patient assessment skills through inspection, palpation, percussion and auscultation and correlate the results to the patient’s pathophysiology.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify the proper assessment techniques required.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently state the anticipated outcomes of the assessment intervention.
    3. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper technique of assessment intervention.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of the course, the student will correlate assessment data and patients pathophysiology to determine a safe and appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify pathophysiological changes that are present.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify clinical signs and symptoms that are emergent in nature and recommend appropriate steps to resolve.
    3. Given a clinical situation and appropriate patient information, consistently identify the correct protocol or treatment plan to improve the patient’s cardiopulmonary status.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, the student will demonstrate an arterial blood draw from an arterial line, interpret results of an arterial blood gas and recommend appropriate treatment.

    Objectives:

    1. State the normal values associated with blood-gas analysis.
    2. Given a clinical situation and appropriate patient information, make appropriate recommendations to correct the acid-base and oxygenation status.
    3. Demonstrate the proper procedure for drawing blood from an arterial line.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of the course, the student will develop psychomotor skills in performing respiratory therapy procedures safely and according to the acceptable treatment protocol.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the proper procedure of suctioning with a 24-hour suction catheter.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to setup a mechanical ventilator for patient use.
    3. Perform a routine ventilator check, according to department policy and procedure.
    4. Perform an assessment of the patient’s readiness to be liberated from mechanical ventilation.

    CRITICAL CARE ROTATION II

    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, the student will demonstrate further development of professional behaviors and attitudes that contribute to satisfactory clinical practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Consistently arrive at the clinical site at the assigned time and prepared for the day’s activities.
      1. Have the following in their possession at all times:
        1. Results of personal physical examination.
        2. Verification of Hepatitis vaccine or waiver.
        3. Titers for communicable diseases or verification of recent vaccination.
        4. Result of TB skin test or chest x-ray result.
        5. BLS Healthcare Provider card.
        6. Drug cards for medications commonly used in clinical practice.
      2. Consistently demonstrate appropriate work appearance as outlined in the student handbook.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, the student will demonstrate growth in effective and accurate communication skills, demonstrated thorough oral and written documentation, to patients and other members of the Health Care Team.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper documentation of the intervention and the patient’s response.
    2. Given a patient interaction, demonstrate appropriate communication interpersonal skills.
    3. Given a clinical situation, indicate proper techniques to maintain privacy in the healthcare setting.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, the student will demonstrate continued improvement of adequate patient assessment skills through inspection, palpation, percussion and auscultation and correlate the results to the patient’s pathophysiology.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify the proper assessment techniques required.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently state the anticipated outcomes of the assessment intervention.
    3. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper technique of assessment intervention.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of the course, the student will demonstrate continued competency in correlating assessment data and patients pathophysiology to determine a safe and appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify pathophysiological changes that are present.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify clinical signs and symptoms that are emergent in nature and recommend appropriate steps to resolve.
    3. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify the correct protocol or treatment plan to improve the patient’s cardiopulmonary status, given appropriate patient information.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, the student will demonstrate further development of psychomotor skills used in performing respiratory therapy procedures safely and according to the acceptable treatment protocol.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the proper procedure of suctioning with a 24hour suction catheter.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to setup a mechanical ventilator for patient use.
    3. Perform a routine ventilator check, according to department policy and procedure.
    4. Perform an assessment of the patient’s readiness to be liberated from mechanical ventilation.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of the course, the student will demonstrate competency in performing bedside pulmonary function measurements.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate proper calibration of a bedside pulmonary function device.
    2. Instruct a patient on how to perform a Forced Vital Capacity (FVC), Flow-Volume Loop (FVL), and Mandatory Volume Ventilation. (MVV)
    3. When given pulmonary function data, will determine if a post-bronchodilator study is indicated and be able to calculate the percent change between pre- and post-bronchodilator measurements.

    PEDIATRIC SPECIALTY ROTATION

    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, the student will develop professional behaviors and attitudes that contribute to satisfactory clinical practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Consistently arrive at the clinical site at the assigned time and prepared for the day’s activities.
      1. Have the following in their possession at all times:
        1. Results of personal physical examination.
        2. Verification of Hepatitis vaccine or waiver.
        3. Titers for communicable diseases or verification of recent vaccination.
        4. Result of TB skin test or chest x-ray result.
        5. BLS Healthcare Provider card.
        6. Drug cards for medications commonly used in clinical practice.
      2. Demonstrate appropriate work appearance as outlined in the student handbook.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, the student will effectively and accurately communicate, orally and through written documentation, to patients and other members of the Health Care Team.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper documentation of the intervention and the patient’s response.
    2. Given a patient interaction, demonstrate appropriate communication interpersonal skills.
    3. Given a clinical situation, indicate proper techniques to maintain privacy in the healthcare setting.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, the student will correlate assessment data and patients pathophysiology to determine a safe and appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify pathophysiological changes that are present.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify clinical signs and symptoms that are emergent in nature and recommend appropriate steps to resolve.
    3. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify the correct protocol or treatment plan to improve the patient’s cardiopulmonary status, given appropriate patient information.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of the course, the student will The student will develop psychomotor skills in performing capillary and arterial blood sampling, and will be able to interpret results and recommend an appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and list normal capillary/arterial blood-gas values.
    2. Observe the proper procedure for performing a capillary blood gas.
    3. Given a capillary or arterial blood gas,:
      1. Interpret the CBG/ABG.
      2. Make recommendations to treat the acid base and/or oxygenation abnormality.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to initiate, monitor and recommend an appropriate treatment plan for patients receiving ventilatory life support and be able to evaluate patient’s response.

    Objectives:

    1. Set up a mechanical ventilator for patient use.
    2. Perform a routine ventilator check, according to department policy and procedure.
    3. Calculate appropriate values used to assess the pediatric or neonatal patient during mechanical ventilation.
    4. Complete patient assessment forms as designated by the clinical instructor.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of the course, the student will demonstrate safe administration of all respiratory therapy procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Set up and maintain an oxygen hood.
    2. Observe endotracheal suctioning utilizing sterile technique.
    3. Demonstrate the proper procedure of bag/mask or bag/tube ventilation.
    4. Demonstrate the proper procedure for administering aerosolized medications.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of the course, the student will correlate, assess and evaluate the patient’s cardiovascular status using invasive and/or noninvasive monitoring devices.

    Objectives:

    1. Set up and maintain a pulse oximeter.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Critical Care I
      1. Arterial Blood Gas Sampling
      2. Arterial Blood Gas Analysis (OPTIONAL)
      3. Ventilatory Assessment
      4. 24-hour Suction Catheter
      5. Ventilator Set-Up
      6. Routine Ventilator Check
      7. Non-Invasive Ventilation
    2. Pediatric/Neonatal
      1. Ventilator Set up
      2. Ventilator Circuit Change
      3. Routine Ventilator Check
      4. Neonatal/Pediatric Ventilator
      5. Manual Ventilation
      6. Capillary Blood Gas
    3. Critical Care II
      1. Arterial Blood Gas Sampling
      2. Arterial Blood Gas Analysis
      3. Ventilatory Assessment
      4. 24hour Suction Catheter
      5. Ventilator Set-Up
      6. Ventilator Circuit Change
      7. Routine Ventilator Check
      8. Non-Invasive Ventilation
      9. Bedside Pulmonary Function

    Primary Faculty
    Niemer, Laurie
    Secondary Faculty
    Zahodnic, Richard
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • RSPT 2335 - Mechanical Ventilation

    Credit Hours: 5.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program; RSPT 1260  with grade Pass

    Corequisites: RSPT 2250  and RSPT 2350  

    (replaces RSPT 2331 and RSPT 2341)

    RSPT 2335 reviews the effects of mechanical ventilation on cardiopulmonary physiology. The course will evaluate the capabilities and limitations of the most commonly used mechanical ventilators. Students will develop cognitive and psychomotor skills necessary for initiating, assessing, maintaining, monitoring, adjusting, problem solving, discontinuing, documenting, and applying protocols to mechanical ventilation on infant, pediatric, and adult patients.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    When Offered: Fall semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to determine when and how mechanical ventilation should be initiated and discontinued based on patient assessment and diagnostic information.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize situations where mechanical ventilation is needed.
    2. Given a patient scenario, initiate the proper form of ventilation and input the initial parameters to begin ventilation.
    3. Assess weaning readiness and wean a patient from mechanical ventilation.
    4. Disassemble and process the ventilators presented in this course.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to discuss the physiologic and pathologic consequences of mechanical ventilation.

    Objectives:

    1. List the hazards and complications of mechanical ventilation.
    2. Describe the methods used to decrease or eliminate the hazards and complications.
    3. Use critical thinking skills to detect and solve problems associated with ventilator patients.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and demonstrate the use of monitoring and diagnostic techniques and equipment used with mechanical ventilator patients.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the purpose of, set up, maintain, and interpret noninvasive monitors such as pulse oximetry, capnography, and electrocardiography (ECG) on a simulated ventilator patient.
    2. Set up and interpret ventilator graphics.
    3. Obtain and interpret respiratory mechanics and weaning data.
    4. Given a clinical scenario, determine the appropriate action to be taken for a ventilator patient based on assessment and diagnostic information.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to compare and contrast the different features available on mechanical ventilators and the clinical indications for their use.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the different modes of ventilation available on the newer ventilators and the situations where their use is most appropriate.
    2. Explain the features available to make triggering and cycling of the ventilator easier for the patient.
    3. Describe the latest features available to improve patient-ventilator synchrony.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to utilize assessment and ventilator protocols in the management of ventilator patients.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a patient scenario, demonstrate the ability to follow a protocol to:
      1. Improve oxygenation
      2. Improve ventilation
      3. Wean a patient from ventilation
      4. Demonstrate the ability to correct ventilator associated complications.
    2. Given a patient scenario, demonstrate the ability to follow a protocol in the treatment of specific conditions such as:
      1. Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (A.R.D.S.)
      2. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (C.O.P.D.)
      3. Closed head injury
      4. Asthma
    3. Apply adjunct therapy to a ventilator patient such as medication delivery and airway management.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate proper documentation of ventilator patient care.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the ability to document via:
      1. Traditional charting
      2. Computerized charting
      3. S.O.A.P.I.E.R. (Subjective, Objective, Assessment, Plan, Intervention, Evaluation, and Revision) Notes
    2. Explain the medical and legal issues associated with documentation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    MODULE A: AIRWAY MANAGEMENT

    Lesson #1 - Pharyngeal, laryngeal and esophageal airways
    Lesson #2 - Tracheal airways
    Lesson #3 - Airway clearance
    Lesson #4 - Advanced airways
    Lesson #5 - Airway complications and emergencies

    MODULE B: MONITORING DURING MECHANICAL VENTILATION

    Lesson #1 Ventilator waveforms
    Lesson #2 - Ventilator mechanics
    Lesson #3 Loops

    MODULE C: MANAGEMENT OF THE VENTILATOR PATIENT

    Lesson #1 - COPD
    Lesson #2 - Asthma
    Lesson #3 ARDS

    MODULE D: NEWBORN AND PEDIATRIC VENTILATION

    Lesson #1 Use of CPAP
    Lesson #2 Neonatal Time Cycled, Pressure-Limited Ventilation
    Lesson #3 Pediatric Volume ventilation
    Lesson #4 High frequency ventilation
    Lesson #5 Adjuncts to conventional mechanical ventilator support

    MODULE E: DISCONTINUATION FROM VENTILATION AND LONG TERM CARE

    Lesson #1 Assessment of weaning readiness
    Lesson #2 Methods of weaning
    Lesson #3 Accessories (Passy-Muir valves…)
    Lesson #4 Special considerations in the home or ECF environment
    Lesson #5 - Transport


    Primary Faculty
    Zahodnic, Richard
    Secondary Faculty
    Niemer, Laurie
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • RSPT 2350 - Acid‑Base & Electrolyte Balance & Advanced Diagnostics

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program; RSPT 1260  with grade Pass

    Corequisites: RSPT 2250  and RSPT 2335  

    This theory course teaches students how to draw, analyze, interpret, and evaluate arterial/venous blood gas and electrolyte data, and make appropriate recommendations for treatment. Students also will learn how to use data obtained from non‑invasive monitoring to aid in the diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary disease.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    When Offered: Fall semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will describe the proper procedure for performing an arterial and capillary puncture. (Module B)

    Objectives:

    1. List the sites used for arterial punctures and state the benefits and hazards associated with each.
    2. Describe the technique used for sampling blood from an artery.
    3. Describe infection control procedures that should be followed when drawing an arterial blood sample.
    4. List three possible complications of arterial punctures.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will describe and demonstrate the proper procedure for drawing an ABG sample from an arterial line. (Module B)

    Objectives:

    1. List the sites used for placement of an indwelling arterial catheter.
    2. Given a stopcock assembly (or diagram of one), state the proper stopcock positions to sample arterial blood and to flush the system.
    3. Draw a picture of an arterial waveform and label the horizontal and vertical axis and designate the position of a dicrotic notch.
    4. Define the term dampened as it refers to an arterial pressure waveform.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will describe the effect of ventilation and perfusion on arterial blood-gas results. (Module D)

    Objectives:

    1. List the five types of Ventilation/Perfusion (V/Q) relationships, state how the relationship of ventilation to perfusion changes from the apices to the base of the lung and describe how West’s lung zones relate to each.
    2. State how changes in cardiac output affect distribution of perfusion in the lung.
    3. Explain how mechanical ventilation affects the distribution of ventilation and perfusion.
    4. Distinguish between the different types of deadspace ventilation and state how each is determined and what the normal level is.
    5. Distinguish between the different types of shunt ventilation and state how each is determined and what the normal level is.
    6. Given a diagram of the alveolar-capillary membrane, diagram the normal driving pressures for O2 and CO2 and describe the factors that affect gas diffusion.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will describe the process by which oxygen gets from the alveolus to the tissues of the body. List the two ways oxygen is carried in the blood and normal values of each. (Module E and F)

    Objectives:

    1. List the indices that are used to assess oxygenation and describe how each affect the total amount of oxygen carried in the blood.
    2. Given appropriate known values, calculate the oxygen content, arterial/venous oxygen content difference, shunt fraction, arterial/alveolar oxygen ratio, and oxygen delivery.
    3. List the factors that shift the oxyhemoglobin curve to the right and to the left.
    4. Describe the causes of hypoxemia and hypoxia and state how each is treated.
    5. Define Internal Respiration and list factors that affect the cellular oxygen supply.
    6. State the formula for calculating the respiratory quotient (RQ) and describe how it is measured at the bedside.
    7. List three clinical situations where hypoxia can exist without hypoxemia.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will describe the process by which carbon dioxide is removed from the body. (Module G)

    Objectives:

    1. List the three ways CO2 is transported in the plasma and the three ways it is transported in the RBC.
    2. Given the appropriate data, calculate the carbon dioxide content and state the normal values for each parameter.
    3. Describe the relationship between PaCO2, H ions, and pH.
    4. Describe the ratio of HCO3ions to H2CO3 (PaCO2).
    5. Given two of the following three variables, calculate the third:
      1. PaCO2
      2. Alveolar Minute Ventilation
      3. VCO2 (Carbon Dioxide Production)
    6. List ways to correct an abnormal PaCO2 level in the blood.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will interpret and evaluate arterial/venous blood gas results with respect to oxygenation, ventilation and acid-base balance and recommend appropriate therapy. (Module A, H, I, and J)

    Objectives:

    1. List the normal values for arterial and venous blood gas and CO-Oximetry studies.
    2. Given an ABG, interpret the results, including the degree of compensation, the degree of hypoxemia present, and any appropriate treatment.
    3. List the three physiologic processes assessed with blood gas data and state how each are assessed with blood-gas or CO-Oximetry studies.
    4. Define a buffer system and differentiate between the buffering systems present in the body.
    5. Given an arterial blood-gas result, determine the degree of pH change that would result from an acute change in PaCO2.
    6. Given a diagram of the kidney, identify the key anatomical structures and state their function.
    7. Describe how the kidney maintains a normal level of electrolytes and buffers.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will evaluate for blood gas errors and explain the effects of these errors on ABG data results. (Module C)

    Objectives:

    1. List the six types of arterial blood sampling errors and describe the effect of the error on the results of blood-gas values.
    2. State how pulse oximetry may be helpful in distinguishing arterial from venous blood samples.
    3. State the effect of increased or decreased body temperature on blood gas results.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will correlate values obtained during noninvasive monitoring with the pathophysiology of the patient’s disease state and formulate an effective treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function, setup, maintenance and troubleshooting of a pulse oximeter.
    2. Describe the function, setup, maintenance and troubleshooting of a transcutaneous oxygen or carbon dioxide monitor.
    3. Describe the function, setup, maintenance and troubleshooting of a capnometer.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Normal Arterial Blood-Gas Values
    2. Normal Venous Blood-Gas Values
    3. Gas Laws and Altitude
    4. Oxygen Content
    5. Arterial Puncture
    6. Blood-Gas Analysis
    7. Sampling Errors
    8. External Diffusion
    9. Oxygen Transport
    10. Oxygenation
    11. Ventilation
    12. Acid-Base Balance
    13. Renal Function
    14. Non-Invasive Monitoring

    Primary Faculty
    Niemer, Laurie
    Secondary Faculty
    Zahodnic, Richard
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • RSPT 2360 - Clinical Internship 4

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program; RSPT 2260 , RSPT 2335 , and RSPT 2350  all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: RSPT 2420  and RSPT 2431  

    RSPT 2360 requires respiratory therapy students to complete 160 additional hours of clinical training in an affiliated hospital. Objectives focus on acid‑base balance, mechanical ventilation, pulmonary function testing, electrocardiography, and hemodynamic monitoring. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Billable Contact Hours: 5

    When Offered: Winter Semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    1Critical Care Rotation II

    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate further development of professional behaviors and attitudes that contribute to satisfactory clinical practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Consistently arrive at the clinical site at the assigned time and prepared for the day’s activities.
      1. Consistently have the following in their possession at all times:
        1. Results of personal physical examination.
        2. Verification of Hepatitis vaccine or waiver.
        3. Titers for communicable diseases or verification of recent vaccination.
        4. Result of TB skin test or chest xray result
        5. BLS Healthcare Provider card.
        6. Drug cards for medications commonly used in clinical practice.
      2. Consistently demonstrate appropriate work appearance as outlined in the student handbook.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate growth in effective and accurate communication skills, demonstrated thorough oral and written documentation, to patients and other members of the Health Care Team.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper documentation of the intervention and the patient’s response.
    2. Given a patient interaction, demonstrate appropriate communication interpersonal skills.
    3. Given a clinical situation, indicate proper techniques to maintain privacy in the healthcare setting.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate continued improvement of adequate patient assessment skills through inspection, palpation, percussion and auscultation and correlate the results to the patient’s pathophysiology.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify the proper assessment techniques required.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently state the anticipated outcomes of the assessment intervention.
    3. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper technique of assessment intervention.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate continued competency in correlating assessment data and patients pathophysiology to determine a safe and appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify pathophysiological changes that are present.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify clinical signs and symptoms that are emergent in nature and recommend appropriate steps to resolve.
    3. Given a clinical situation and appropriate patient information, consistently identify the correct protocol or treatment plan to improve the patient’s cardiopulmonary status.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate further development of psychomotor skills used in performing respiratory therapy procedures safely and according to the acceptable treatment protocol.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the proper procedure of suctioning with a 24hour suction catheter.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to set up a mechanical ventilator for patient use.
    3. Perform a routine ventilator check, according to department policy and procedure.
    4. Perform an assessment of the patient’s readiness to be liberated from mechanical ventilation.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate competency in performing bedside pulmonary function measurements.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate proper calibration of a bedside pulmonary function device.
    2. Instruct a patient on how to perform a Forced Vital Capacity (FVC), FlowVolume Loop (FVL), and Mandatory Volume Ventilation (MVV)
    3. Determine if a postbronchodilator study is indicated and be able to calculate the percent change between preand postbronchodilator measurements, when given pulmonary function data.

    Critical Care Rotation III

    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate further development of professional behaviors and attitudes that contribute to satisfactory clinical practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Consistently Arrive at the clinical site at the assigned time and prepared for the day’s activities.
      1. Have the following in their possession at all times:
        1. Results of personal physical examination.
        2. Verification of Hepatitis vaccine or waiver.
        3. Titers for communicable diseases or verification of recent vaccination.
        4. Result of TB skin test or chest x-ray result
        5. BLS Healthcare Provider card.
        6. Drug cards for medications commonly used in clinical practice.
    2. Consistently demonstrate appropriate work appearance as outlined in the student handbook.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate growth in effective and accurate communication skills, demonstrated thorough oral and written documentation, to patients and other members of the Health Care Team.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, the student will consistently demonstrate proper documentation of the intervention and the patient’s response.
    2. Given a patient interaction, the student will demonstrate appropriate communication interpersonal skills.
    3. Given a clinical situation, the student will indicate proper techniques to maintain privacy in the healthcare setting.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will continued improvement of adequate patient assessment skills through inspection, palpation, percussion and auscultation and correlate the results to the patient’s pathophysiology.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify the proper assessment techniques required.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently state the anticipated outcomes of the assessment intervention.
    3. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper technique of assessment intervention.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate continued competency in correlating assessment data and patients pathophysiology to determine a safe and appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify pathophysiological changes that are present.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify clinical signs and symptoms that are emergent in nature and recommend appropriate steps to resolve.
    3. Given a clinical situation and appropriate patient information, consistently identify the correct protocol or treatment plan to improve the patient’s cardiopulmonary status.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate further development of psychomotor skills used in performing respiratory therapy procedures safely and according to the acceptable treatment protocol.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the proper procedure of suctioning with a 24hour suction catheter.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to set up a mechanical ventilator for patient use.
    3. Perform a routine ventilator check, according to department policy and procedure.
    4. Perform an assessment of the patient’s readiness to be liberated from mechanical ventilation.
    5. Interpret a given ABG and implement ventilatory changes to correct the acid/base and oxygenation abnormalities.
    6. Demonstrate the correct procedure for determining intracuff pressures.
    7. Identify and troubleshoot any abnormal ventilator waveforms.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate competency in performing tracheostomy care.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate proper technique for tracheostomy care.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, given an ECG tracing, students will state the dysrhythmia present and list treatment options.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, given hemodynamic data, students will be able to calculate desired hemodynamic indices and differentiate the shock state present.

    Pediatric Specialty Rotation

    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will develop professional behaviors and attitudes that contribute to satisfactory clinical practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Consistently arrive at the clinical site at the assigned time and prepared for the day’s activities.
      1. Have the following in their possession at all times:
        1. Results of personal physical examination.
        2. Verification of Hepatitis vaccine or waiver.
        3. Titers for communicable diseases or verification of recent vaccination.
        4. Result of TB skin test or chest x-ray result
        5. BLS Healthcare Provider card.
        6. Drug cards for medications commonly used in clinical practice.
      2. Demonstrate appropriate work appearance as outlined in the student handbook.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will effectively and accurately communicate, orally and through written documentation, to patients and other members of the Health Care Team.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, the student will consistently demonstrate proper documentation of the intervention and the patient’s response.
    2. Given a patient interaction, the student will demonstrate appropriate communication interpersonal skills.
    3. Given a clinical situation, the student will indicate proper techniques to maintain privacy in the healthcare setting.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will correlate assessment data and patients pathophysiology to determine a safe and appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify pathophysiological changes that are present.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify clinical signs and symptoms that are emergent in nature and recommend appropriate steps to resolve.
    3. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify the correct protocol or treatment plan to improve the patient’s cardiopulmonary status, given appropriate patient information.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will develop psychomotor skills in performing capillary and arterial blood sampling, and will be able to interpret results and recommend an appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and list normal capillary/arterial blood-gas values.
    2. Observe the proper procedure for performing a capillary blood gas.
    3. Given a capillary or arterial blood gas,:
      1. Interpret the CBG/ABG.
      2. Make recommendations to treat the acid base and/or oxygenation abnormality.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to initiate, monitor, and recommend an appropriate treatment plan for patients receiving ventilatory life support and be able to evaluate patient’s response.

    Objectives:

    1. Set up a mechanical ventilator for patient use.
    2. Perform a routine ventilator check, according to department policy and procedure.
    3. Calculate appropriate values used to assess the pediatric or neonatal patient during mechanical ventilation.
    4. Complete patient assessment forms as designated by the clinical instructor.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate safe administration of all respiratory therapy procedures

    Objectives:

    1. Set up and maintain an oxygen hood.
    2. Observe endotracheal suctioning utilizing sterile technique.
    3. Demonstrate the proper procedure of bag/mask or bag/tube ventilation.
    4. Demonstrate the proper procedure for administering aerosolized medications.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will correlate, assess and evaluate the patient’s cardiovascular status using invasive and/or noninvasive monitoring devices.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will set up and maintain a pulse oximeter.


    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Pediatric/Neonatal
      1. Ventilator Set up
      2. Ventilator Circuit Change
      3. Routine Ventilator Check
      4. Neonatal/Pediatric Ventilator
      5. Manual Ventilation
      6. Capillary Blood Gas
    2. Critical Care II
      1. Arterial Blood Gas Sampling
      2. Arterial Blood Gas Analysis
      3. Ventilatory Assessment
      4. 24hour Suction Catheter
      5. Ventilator Set-Up
      6. Ventilator Circuit Change
      7. Routine Ventilator Check
      8. Non-Invasive Ventilation
      9. Bedside Pulmonary Function
    3. Critical Care III
      1. Arterial Blood Gas Sampling
      2. Arterial Blood Gas Analysis
      3. Ventilatory Assessment
      4. 24hour Suction Catheter
      5. Ventilator Set-Up
      6. Ventilator Circuit Change
      7. Routine Ventilator Check
      8. Non-Invasive Ventilation
      9. Tracheostomy Care
      10. Arrhythmia Recognition

    Primary Faculty
    Niemer, Laurie
    Secondary Faculty
    Zahodnic, Richard
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • RSPT 2370 - Clinical Internship 5

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program

    Corequisites: RSPT 2420  and RSPT 2431  

    RSPT 2370 provides additional clinical experience for the respiratory therapy student. The student must complete 160 hours of clinical training in an area hospital. Objectives focus on pulmonary function testing, acid‑base balance, mechanical ventilation, electrocardiology, and hemodynamic monitoring. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Billable Contact Hours: 5

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Critical Care III

    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate further development of professional behaviors and attitudes that contribute to satisfactory clinical practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Consistently arrive at the clinical site at the assigned time and prepared for the day’s activities.
      1. Have the following in their possession at all times:
        1. Results of personal physical examination.
        2. Verification of Hepatitis vaccine or waiver.
        3. Titers for communicable diseases or verification of recent vaccination.
        4. Result of TB skin test or chest xray result.
        5. BLS Healthcare Provider card.
        6. Drug cards for medications commonly used in clinical practice.
    2. Consistently demonstrate appropriate work appearance as outlined in the student handbook.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate growth in effective and accurate communication skills, demonstrated thorough oral and written documentation, to patients and other members of the Health Care Team.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper documentation of the intervention and the patient’s response.
    2. Given a patient interaction, demonstrate appropriate communication interpersonal skills.
    3. Given a clinical situation, indicate proper techniques to maintain privacy in the healthcare setting.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will continued improvement of adequate patient assessment skills through inspection, palpation, percussion and auscultation and correlate the results to the patient’s pathophysiology.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify the proper assessment techniques required.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently state the anticipated outcomes of the assessment intervention.
    3. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper technique of assessment intervention.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate continued competency in correlating assessment data and patients pathophysiology to determine a safe and appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify pathophysiological changes that are present.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify clinical signs and symptoms that are emergent in nature and recommend appropriate steps to resolve.
    3. Given a clinical situation and appropriate patient information, consistently identify the correct protocol or treatment plan to improve the patient’s cardiopulmonary status, given.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate further development of psychomotor skills used in performing respiratory therapy procedures safely and according to the acceptable treatment protocol.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the proper procedure of suctioning with a 24-hour suction catheter.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to set up a mechanical ventilator for patient use.
    3. Perform a routine ventilator check, according to department policy and procedure.
    4. Perform an assessment of the patient’s readiness to be liberated from mechanical ventilation.
    5. Interpret a given ABG and implement ventilatory changes to correct the acid/base and oxygenation abnormalities.
    6. Demonstrate the correct procedure for determining intracuff pressures.
    7. Identify and troubleshoot any abnormal ventilator waveforms.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate competency in performing tracheostomy care.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will demonstrate proper technique for tracheostomy care.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, given an ECG tracing, students will state the dysrhythmia present and list treatment options.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, given hemodynamic data, students will calculate desired hemodynamic indices and differentiate the shock state present.

    Pediatric Specialty Rotation

    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will develop professional behaviors and attitudes that contribute to satisfactory clinical practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Consistently arrive at the clinical site at the assigned time and prepared for the day’s activities.
      1. Consistently have the following in their possession at all times:
        1. Results of personal physical examination.
        2. Verification of Hepatitis vaccine or waiver.
        3. Titers for communicable diseases or verification of recent vaccination.
        4. Result of TB skin test or chest x-ray result.
        5. BLS Healthcare Provider card.
        6. Drug cards for medications commonly used in clinical practice.
      2. Consistently demonstrate appropriate work appearance as outlined in the student handbook.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will effectively and accurately communicate, orally and through written documentation, to patients and other members of the Health Care Team.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently demonstrate proper documentation of the intervention and the patient’s response.
    2. Given a patient interaction, demonstrate appropriate communication interpersonal skills.
    3. Given a clinical situation, indicate proper techniques to maintain privacy in the healthcare setting.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will correlate assessment data and patients pathophysiology to determine a safe and appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify pathophysiological changes that are present.
    2. Given a clinical situation, consistently identify clinical signs and symptoms that are emergent in nature and recommend appropriate steps to resolve.
    3. Given a clinical situation and appropriate patient information, consistently identify the correct protocol or treatment plan to improve the patient’s cardiopulmonary status.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will develop psychomotor skills in performing capillary and arterial blood sampling, and will be able to interpret results and recommend an appropriate treatment plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and list normal capillary/arterial blood-gas values.
    2. Observe the proper procedure for performing a capillary blood gas.
    3. Given a capillary or arterial blood gas,:
      1. Interpret the CBG/ABG.
      2. Make recommendations to treat the acid base and/or oxygenation abnormality.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will initiate, monitor and recommend an appropriate treatment plan for patients receiving ventilatory life support and be able to evaluate patient’s response.

    Objectives:

    1. Set up a mechanical ventilator for patient use.
    2. Perform a routine ventilator check, according to department policy and procedure.
    3. Calculate appropriate values used to assess the pediatric or neonatal patient during mechanical ventilation.
    4. Complete patient assessment forms as designated by the clinical instructor.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate safe administration of all respiratory therapy procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Set up and maintain an oxygen hood.
    2. Observe endotracheal suctioning utilizing sterile technique.
    3. Demonstrate the proper procedure of bag/mask or bag/tube ventilation.
    4. Demonstrate the proper procedure for administering aerosolized medications.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will correlate, assess and evaluate the patient’s cardiovascular status using invasive and/or noninvasive monitoring devices.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will setup and maintain a pulse oximeter.


    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Pediatric/Neonatal
      1. Ventilator Set up
      2. Ventilator Circuit Change
      3. Routine Ventilator Check
      4. Neonatal/Pediatric Ventilator
      5. Manual Ventilation
      6. Capillary Blood Gas
    2. Critical Care II
      1. Arterial Blood Gas Sampling
      2. Arterial Blood Gas Analysis
      3. Ventilatory Assessment
      4. 24hour Suction Catheter
      5. Ventilator Set-Up
      6. Ventilator Circuit Change
      7. Routine Ventilator Check
      8. Non-Invasive Ventilation
      9. Bedside Pulmonary Function
    3. Critical Care III
      1. Arterial Blood Gas Sampling
      2. Arterial Blood Gas Analysis
      3. Ventilatory Assessment
      4. 24hour Suction Catheter
      5. Ventilator Set-Up
      6. Ventilator Circuit Change
      7. Routine Ventilator Check
      8. Non-Invasive Ventilation
      9. Tracheostomy Care
      10. Arrhythmia Recognition

    Primary Faculty
    Niemer, Laurie
    Secondary Faculty
    Zahodnic, Richard
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • RSPT 2420 - Advanced Concepts in Respiratory Care

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program; RSPT 2260 , RSPT 2335 , and RSPT 2350  all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: RSPT 2360  and RSPT 2431 

    This forum for discussion of new and advanced applications in clinical practice covers pulmonary function testing, EKGs, myocardial infarction, chest tube drainage systems, and hemodynamic monitoring. Each student gives an oral presentation on a topic of interest in Respiratory Care.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will perform a bedside pulmonary function test, interpret results, and evaluate the need for further assessment.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate proper calibration of a bedside pulmonary function device.
    2. Instruct a patient on how to perform a Forced Vital Capacity (FVC), Flow-Volume Loop (FVL), and Mandatory Volume Ventilation. (MVV)
    3. When given pulmonary function data, determine if a post-bronchodilator study is indicated and calculate the percent change between pre- and post-bronchodilator measurements.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will assess and evaluate the patient for abnormal cardiac rhythms and describe a treatment plan using ACLS algorithms.

    Objectives:

    1. Given an ECG tracing, state the dysrhythmia present.
    2. Given an ECG tracing, list the appropriate ACLS treatment options.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will correlate the information gathered during hemodynamic monitoring with the patient assessment data and incorporate this data into an effective protocol for care.

    Objectives:

    1. Given hemodynamic data, calculate desired hemodynamic indices.
    2. Given hemodynamic data, differentiate the shock state present.
    3. Identify, troubleshoot, and evaluate a pleural drainage system to effectively manage patients with a pneumothorax and/or pleural effusion.
    4. List the indications for chest tube drainage.
    5. Differentiate between the anatomic locations used for insertion of a chest tube.
    6. Differentiate between the functions of each of the bottles/chambers used in a pleural drainage system.
    7. Given a problem with a pleural drainage system, identify and troubleshoot the system.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate effective communication skills by preparing an oral class presentation, using current research data, on a topic of interest in Respiratory Care.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a topic, the student will research the topic and prepare both a written and a oral presentation on the topic as outlined by the instructor.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will discuss and evaluate management strategies used in various health care institutions.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the source of revenues within a Respiratory Care Department.
    2. Describe at least three positive and three negative personality traits and describe how to emphasize/deemphasize these during an interview.
    3. Describe the benefits for implementing Therapist Driven Protocols in a RC department.
    4. Describe the primary goals of homecare.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Pulmonary Function Studies
      1. Spirometry
      2. Lung Volumes
      3. Diffusion Studies
      4. Bronchial Provocation
      5. Exercise Testing
      6. Metabolic Testing
      7. Pulmonary Function Equipment
      8. Quality Assurance
      9. ATS Standards
    2. Electrocardiography
      1. Cardiac Anatomy and Physiology
      2. Electrocardiogram
      3. Axis Deviation
      4. Acute Coronary Syndromes
      5. Defibrillation
      6. ACLS Protocols
    3. Hemodynamics
      1. Shock
      2. Hemodynamic Monitoring
    4. Chest Tubes
    5. Neurodiagnostics
    6. Home Care
    7. Management

    Primary Faculty
    Niemer, Laurie
    Secondary Faculty
    Zahodnic, Richard
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • RSPT 2431 - Certification & Registry Review

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Respiratory Therapy Program; RSPT 2260 , RSPT 2335 , and RSPT 2350  all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: RSPT 2360  and RSPT 2420  

    (formerly RSPT 2430)

    RSPT 2431 is a comprehensive review to prepare students for the NBRC Certification and Registry Examinations. Students will become familiar with clinical simulation testing through use of computer simulations and latent imaging. NBRC Self‑Assessment Examinations will be administered during this course. A program exit exam will be given at the end of the semester.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to be prepared with the necessary tools, information and references needed to pass the NBRC examinations upon graduation from the respiratory therapy program.

    Objectives:

    1. Complete the instructor assigned mock exam and self-assessment assignment.
    2. Complete the at home online practice certification exam with a minimum score of 75%.
    3. Complete the instructor assigned challenge exam and the self-assessment assignment.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to complete the Therapist Multiple Choice and Clinical Simulation Self-assessment exams and design an action plan to improve examination results.

    Objectives:

    1. Complete the at home online practice Therapist Multiple Choice exam with a minimum score of 70%.
    2. Complete the Therapist Multiple Choice self-assessment exam.
    3. Complete the clinical simulation self-assessment exam.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to demonstrate proficiency in the use computer simulation self-assessment exams by obtaining a score of 80% in both the information gathering and decision making sections.

    Objectives:

    1. Complete the instructor assigned computer based simulation programs with a passing score of 80%.
    2. Complete the online instructor assigned computer simulation exams with a passing score of 80%.
    3. Complete the self-assessment computer simulation exam.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to pass the Program Exit Examination with a minimal proficiency as set by the lower cut score by the NBRC.

    Objectives:

    1. Complete the Therapist Multiple Choice self-assessment exam with a minimum score as set by the lower cut score by the NBRC.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to plan, organize, and implement a community service project to enhance academic study.

    Objectives:

    1. Select a community service project that is approved by the instructor.
    2. After completing the community service project write a one-page summary of the activity.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to develop critical problem-solving skills necessary to practice as a safe, competent respiratory care practitioner.

    Objectives:

    1. Select a problem to be solved that is clinical in nature and submit the scenario and problem statement to the instructor for approval.
    2. Investigate the problem, identify options, and operationalize his/her selected option and evaluate the outcome.
    3. Submit the completed paper to the instructor by the specified deadline.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Practice CRT Exam
    2. NBRC and Critical Thinking
    3. Patient Assessment
    4. Equipment
    5. Emergency Care
    6. Special Procedures
    7. Pulmonary Function Testing
    8. Arterial Blood Gases
    9. Assisted Ventilation
    10. Airway Care
    11. Respiratory Care Procedures
    12. Written Registry Exam
    13. Clinical Simulation Exam
    14. CRT Exit Exam

    Primary Faculty
    Zahodnic, Richard
    Secondary Faculty
    Niemer, Laurie
    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Robotics

  
  • ROBO 1200 - Robot Operations, Handling Tool, & Programming

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (replaces ROBO 1110 and ROBO 1440 together but does not equate to either course separately)

    This is an introductory course covering the tasks and procedures needed to safely setup, program, and maintain a robots with handling tool software.  It involves both classroom instruction and hands-on training.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:  The student will be able to describe robotic basics.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the components of a robot.
    2. Identify the safety zones.

    Outcome 2:  The student will be able to program a robot.

    Objectives:

    1. Program selective points into robot in various operational modes.
    2. Modify existing programs.

    Outcome 3:  The student will be able to operate a robot.

    Objectives:

    1. Execute a student program.
    2. Recover from critical and minor faults.

    Outcome 4:  The student will be able to setup a material handling robot.

    Objectives:

    1. Setup and execute tool, user, and jog frames.
    2. Store and load programs from the USB port on the teach pendant.

    Outcome 5:  The student will be able to program a material handling robot.

    Objectives:

    1. Add positional offsets to a functional program.
    2. Monitor program parameters in executed program.

    Outcome 6:  The student will be able to operate a robot.

    Objectives:

    1. Adjust program parameters as needed.
    2. Change encoder batteries.
    3. Re-master a robot.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Safely power up the robot from a complete shutdown.
    2. Manipulate the robot using the teach pendant.
    3. Set up and test robot movement parameters for a given work cell.
    4. Create and test programs for a given task.
    5. Edit programs in teach mode.
    6. Master and calibrate the robot.
    7. Review safety procedures.
    8. Power up and jog the robot.
    9. Recover from common program and robot faults.
    10. Create, modify, and execute a teach pendant.
    11. Power up and jog the robot.
    12. Recover from common program and robot faults.
    13. Execute production operations.
    14. Create, modify, and execute a material handling program.
    15. Create and execute macros.
    16. Monitor, force, and simulate input and output signals.
    17. Backup and restore individual programs and files.

    Primary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Secondary Faculty
    Seger, Jennifer
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ROBO 1435 - ArcTool Robot Welding

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ATWD 1110  and ROBO 1200  

    (formerly ROBO 2912)

    ROBO 1435 covers the tasks and procedures students need to set up and program a FANUC Robotics ArcTool software package. Using the FANUC welding robot, students program, modify, and test a welding task.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to set up a FANUC ArcTool Robot.

    Objectives:

    1. Observe safety precautions.
    2. Power up, write, execute, and jog the robot based on the written programs.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to program a FANUC ArcTool Robot.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the hand pendant, write a weld control program.
    2. Download the program to the controller and implement program.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to operate a FANUC ArcTool Robot.

    Objectives:

    1. Test program for desired operations.
    2. Modify program.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Safely power up the robot from a complete shutdown.
    2. Manipulate the robot using the teach pendant.
    3. Set up and test robot movement parameters for a given work cell and torch.
    4. Set up ArcTool Robot for specific weld applications.
    5. Create and test weld programs for a given weld task.
    6. Edit weld programs in teach mode.
    7. Master and calibrate the robot.
    8. Review safety practices.
    9. Power up and jog the robot.
    10. Recover from common program and robot faults.
    11. Create, modify, and execute a teach pendant.

    Primary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Secondary Faculty
    Mielke, Michael
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ROBO 2450 - Vision Robot

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ROBO 1200  

    ROBO 2450 introduces the FANUC Vision system. Students will set up and calibrate a vision camera and create, test, and modify a vision‑style program.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to set up a FANUC IR Vision Robot.

    Objectives:

    1. Power up, write, execute, and jog the robot based on the written programs.
    2. Set up communications between robot and teaching computer.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to program a FANUC IR Vision Robot.

    Objectives:

    1. Set up and calibrate the laser vision system.
    2. Teach a vision process.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to operate a FANUC IR Vision Robot.

    Objectives:

    1. Execute program operation.
    2. Modify program parameters as needed.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Safely power up the robot from a complete shutdown
    2. Manipulate the robot using the teach pendant
    3. Set up and test robot movement parameters for a given work cell and torch
    4. Set up IR Vision Robot for specific applications
    5. Create and test vision programs for a given task
    6. Edit vision programs in teach mode
    7. Master and calibrate the robot
    8. Review safety practices
    9. Power up and jog the robot
    10. Recover from common program and robot faults

    Primary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Secondary Faculty
    Mielke, Michael
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Security Administration

  
  • SECR 1000 - Introduction to Security

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    An introduction to security administration including an historical, philosophical, and legal framework for security operations, as well as detailed presentations of specific security processes and programs currently and historically utilized in providing security. An overview of the personnel, physical information process, and specialized programs for plants, retail stores, transportation systems, and security education. The total environmental, political, financial, legal ramifications of the individual in society.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will know the primary security disciplines.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. List and describe the eight primary security disciplines.
    2. In a small working group, prepare and orally present security countermeasures for a prepared security scenario.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will understand modern security within a historical context.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Critically compare historic and modern security countermeasures.
    2. Conduct research on a twentieth century labor or civil unrest incident or event and produce a deliverable product.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to Security
    2. History of Security Concepts
    3. Security and Labor Unrest
    4. Security and Civil Unrest
    5. Ethics and Professionalism
    6. Internal and External Security Relations
    7. Security Industry Overview
    8. Personnel Security
    9. Physical Security
    10. Information Security
    11. Operations Security
    12. Industrial Security
    13. Industrial Fire Protection and Safety
    14. Security and Technology
    15. The Future of Security
    16. Final Examination

    Primary Faculty
    Bowlin, Samantha
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Lopez, Michael
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SECR 1120 - Principles of Loss Prevention

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    An overview of the functional operations of various specialized areas of security such as theft and risk control, security surveys, and loss prevention management in proprietary and governmental institutions.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, the student will know the primary elements and phases of the risk management and emergency management processes.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. List and describe the five elements of risk management.
    2. Apply the risk management process in the preparation of a security survey.
    3. List and describe the phases of the emergency management process.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to conduct security research from online and print sources.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Complete a practical exercise by identifying the keyword and website search strategy.
    2. Conduct research on a loss prevention issue or topic and produce a deliverable product.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to Loss Prevention
    2. Security Management
    3. Problem Analysis and Solving
    4. Security Surveys and Risk Assessment
    5. Burglary Countermeasures
    6. Workplace Violence
    7. Mapping a Loss Prevention Career
    8. Midterm Examination
    9. Homeland Security
    10. Emergency Management
    11. Retail security and Loss Prevention
    12. Logistics and Cargo Security
    13. Fraud Prevention and Identity Theft
    14. Telecommuting, Mobility, and Security
    15. Bioterrorism
    16. Private Investigation and Consulting
    17. Final Examination

    Primary Faculty
    Bowlin, Samantha
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Lopez, Michael
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Sign Language

  
  • SIGN 1010 - American Sign Language 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    SIGN 1010 is designed for students who have no previous American Sign Language (ASL) training. Students achieve a basic level of expressive and receptive sign communication skills in American Sign Language, and will understand the role of ASL in deaf persons’ lives. This course focuses on vocabulary, grammar, language functions, and other deafness‑related issues.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competency in basic sign language skills.

    Objectives:

    1. Engage in one-to-one conversation and share basic information.
    2. Ask for and provide basic and personal factual information.
    3. Inquire about and express simple preferences and opinions.
    4. Give and follow simple directions, commands, and requests.
    5. Exchange greetings introducing basic personal information.
    6. Discuss the immediate environment.
    7. Demonstrate ability to use and recognize appropriate listener feedback during one-to-one conversation (e.g. head nod, head shake).
      1. Feelings and emotions.
      2. Factual information (names, schools, background information).
      3. Preferences and Opinions (e.g. favorite people, colors, food).
      4. Follow commands (e.g. ask for permission).
      5. Maintain and change interpersonal Relationships (e.g. name, age, education).
      6. Knowledge of the world (aesthetic design of classroom).
      7. Personal enjoyment (e.g. participate in activities).
      8. Topics including famous deaf people, recreation and daily routines.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use American Sign Language vocabulary.

    Objectives:
    Regarding such topics as small talk, numbers and class room expressions, personal characteristics, hobbies, housing & furnishings, family members, calendar, time, and entertainment.

    1. Demonstrate comprehension of basic information by responding appropriately. (e.g., name, age, family).
    2. Demonstrate comprehension of basic ASL syntax (e.g., OSV, Rhetorical, topics/comment).
    3. Follow simple commands (e.g. put papers away).
    4. Demonstrate finger spelled word recognition by correctly reading.
    5. Proper names finger spelled (e.g. brands, names, places).
    6. Comprehend main ideas in ASL narratives and stories.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use basic ASL syntax while signing.

    Objectives:

    1. Use Phonology, parameters (hand shapes Palm orientations, locations and movements.
    2. Morphology, inflections, manners, modulations, and time aspects.
    3. Morphology, Non Manual markers.
    4. Timeline and Time
    5. Temporal Aspects (observe the rules by beginning with time indicator).
    6. Incorporation of Numbers.
    7. Verb Inflections.
    8. Plurality.
    9. Syntax, Questions, Yes/No, Wh).
    10. Syntax Sentence Types (Topic Statement, Conditionals, and Commands).
    11. Syntax Negation and Assertion.
    12. Discourse Register.
    13. Real World Orientation and Spatial Relationships, Absence, and Presence.
    14. Classifiers, Descriptions, locations, shape specifies, entity, and rules.
    15. Noun and verb types.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and discuss aspects of Deaf Culture.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize and use cultural aspects of American Sign Language.
    2. Getting a deaf person attention appropriately.
    3. Negotiating a sign environment appropriately.
    4. Maintaining sightline when communicating in sign.
    5. Demonstrate basic familiarity with literature about Deaf people, history and Deaf-related events.
    6. Recognize themes, ideas or perspectives of Deaf Culture and how they are reflected by the culture.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Introduction

    1. Greetings
    2. Numbers
    3. Useful expressions

    Getting to Know You

    1. Ask/give names
    2. Wh-questions
    3. Number forms
    4. Contrastive structures
    5. Identifying others
    6. Following instructions/commands

    Exchange of Personal Information

    1. Yes/No questions
    2. Real world orientation
    3. Number form and movement
    4. Fingerspelling up letters
    5. Narrating experience with language
    6. Discuss leisure activities
    7. Describe shapes
    8. Identify sequence - gender - appearance
    9. Gender body position
    10. Gender and action - contrastive
    11. Form and movement of double letters

    Discuss Living Situation

    1. Ask/Tell where one lives
    2. Give commands location
    3. Weak hand to establish reference point
    4. Communicating with the face
    5. Fingerspelling hand positions and movement
    6. Discussing one’s residence
    7. Cardinal numbers 30 - 66
    8. Talking about roommate/pets
    9. Giving basic directions
    10. Fingerspelling down letters
    11. Traveling

    Talk About Family

    1. Talk about immediate family
    2. Negation
    3. Rocking numbers
    4. Express desires
    5. Talk about siblings
    6. Tell how old
    7. Talk about extended family
    8. How family members relate
    9. Family Variations
    10. Cardinal Numbers 1 - 100
    11. Getting meaning across
    12. Commenting on Family members

    Primary Faculty
    Ternullo, Annette
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SIGN 1020 - American Sign Language 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: SIGN 1010  or pass competency exam

    SIGN 1020 will strengthen and expand on the skills mastered in SIGN 1010. It expands upon expressive and receptive sign vocabulary. Topics include new language functions to help students expand their conversational range from talking about themselves to talking about other people and activities, to giving directions, and making requests.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competency in American Sign Language beyond Elementary Sign 1.

    Objectives:

    1. Converse in small groups with teacher and classmates.
    2. Inquire about and share personal reactions.
    3. Share more factual information on topics related to people, places and things.
    4. Discuss and share thoughts and ideas with others on likes and dislikes.
    5. Negotiate directions, requests, and demands.
    6. Initiate and participate in casual exchanges with classmates (e.g., discuss past or future personal actions, make suggestions, offer advice.)
    7. Ask and respond to questions to gain knowledge and clarify understanding.
      1. Going to the grocery store, purchase of items.
      2. Factual information related to people places and things.
      3. Preferences and opinions on school subjects, books and movies.
      4. Request (e.g., explain or clarify, accept or decline invitations).
      5. Maintain and change (e.g., discuss past or future personal actions).
      6. Knowledge of world (e.g., how the earth revolves around the sun).

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use American Sign Language vocabulary related to:

    Objectives:

    1. Respond using topic/comment structure.
    2. Follow simple directions (e.g., right, left, north , south).
    3. Demonstrate comprehension of variety of unfamiliar topics.
    4. Demonstrate comprehension of basic ASL syntax.
    5. Demonstrate comprehension of basic descriptions, physical attributes.
    6. Demonstrate fingerspelled word recognition for proper nouns.
    7. Understand main ideas or themes from video presentations in ASL.
    8. Identify the principal characters and/or events and details in ASL.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use grammar structures beyond Elementary ASL 1.

    Objectives:

    1. Wh-questions DO++, WHEN, word order with time sign.
    2. Use agreement with verb in role shift.
    3. Use POSS DUTY agreement with person’s location.
    4. Time Signs and parts of day.
    5. One person and two person role shift with eye gaze.
    6. Transitions use of signing space.
    7. Descriptive classifiers.
    8. Spatial agreement - map orientation.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and discus aspects of deaf culture beyond elementary ASL 1.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate principles of appropriate cultural norms in formal and informal settings.
    2. Participate in appropriate cultural activities.
    3. Identify and describe simple cultural based behavior patterns of deaf people.
    4. Examine expected social behaviors when interacting with mixed groups of deaf and hearing individuals at Deaf events.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Talking about Activities

    1. Ask tell when someone did/will do activity
    2. Agreement verbs
    3. Ask if tasks are completed
    4. Tell how often one does a specific chore
    5. Talk about sequence of activities involving time
    6. Tell what a person does for living

    Storytelling

    1. Understand and retell story
    2. Use of Eye contact to engage audience
    3. Practice one and two person role shifts
    4. Practice the directions of the characters enters and exits the story
    5. Manipulating the sign or classifier in the story
    6. Facial expressions to show attitude or reactions

    Giving Directions

    1. Asking/tell where
    2. Explaining the need
    3. Interrupting conversations
    4. Confirming RIGHT
    5. Expressing uncertainty

    Describing others

    1. Identifying present
    2. Wh-questions: WHO
    3. Confirming THAT-One
    4. Contrastive Structure
    5. Correcting: Wave-no

    Making Request

    1. Giving locations - spatial verbs
    2. Giving commands - inflecting verbs
    3. Offering assistance - spatial referencing
    4. Accepting/declining offer - role shifting
    5. Ask for clarification

    Primary Faculty
    Ternullo, Annette
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SIGN 1030 - American Sign Language 3

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: SIGN 1010  or SIGN 1020  or pass competency exam

    SIGN 1030 students will strengthen and master the skills obtained in SIGN 1010 and SIGN 1020. They will enhance their expressive and receptive skills and vocabulary. The course emphasizes locating and describing objects, solutions to everyday problems, life events, weekend activities, and correcting and confirming information. Topics also include appropriate cultural behaviors and strategies for controlling conversations.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competency in sign language skills beyond the intermediate level of ASL 1 and 2.

    Objectives:

    1. Engage in group conversation and exchange information and opinions on a variety of topics.
    2. Compare the expression of emotions and feelings in a variety of informal and formal situations (e.g., going to a Deaf Club, attending a Deaf Play).
    3. Discuss Facts about events that happened in the past.
    4. Inquire about and express satisfaction or dissatisfaction, interest or lack of interest, and discuss probability and certainty (e.g., hobbies, activities, current events).
    5. Make and respond to suggestions or requests in formal situations.
    6. Respond to a variety of situations ( e.g. congratulations, compliments, sympathy, regret).
    7. Explore and discuss the mean of what is being done.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use American Sign Language vocabulary related to:

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate comprehension of short narratives by retelling (e.g. Deaf Fables, short stories).
    2. Follow complex directions.
    3. Demonstrate comprehension of complex questions, including conditional questions.
    4. Demonstrate comprehension of complex ASL syntax by spontaneously using more complex syntax.
    5. Demonstrate comprehension of more complex descriptions of tings by asking questions about these topics.
    6. Demonstrate fingerspelled word recognition
    7. Demonstrate an understanding of main ideas.
    8. Demonstrate the ability to recognize levels of register and understand their significance.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use grammar structures beyond the intermediate level ASL 1 and 2.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the ASL parameters in all areas such as handshapes, palm orientations, locations, and movements (e.g. Headache, hurt).
    2. Identify how a variety of degrees can change inflections (e.g. Beautiful-really, Beautiful - not really).
    3. Use of complex non-manual markers in ASL dialogues ( (e.g. Cha, cs, cond, intense, mm, neg, nod, pah, pow, puffed cheeks, pursed lips, questions, relative clauses, rhetorical questions, sta, t, th, tight lips).
    4. Use of incorporation of number and appropriate passive hand as reference point.
    5. Use of “regular” inflection.
    6. Use numeral handshapes with location, movement and orientation of signs in money.
    7. Use of reflect and use plural verbs that are often in agreement with plural nouns.
    8. Use conditionals with the ending in either a sentence or question.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and discuss aspects of Deaf Culture beyond ASL 1 and 2.

    Objectives:
    Students will learn about many varied products of Deaf Culture, such as ASL poetry, ASL narrations, art made by Deaf people, and videos of ASL literature.

    1. Analyze the contributions of Deaf Scientist and scholars to science, medicine, astronomy, mathematics, etc.
    2. Analyze and reflect on expressive products of Deaf Culture, such as stories, poetry, literature and explore the ways in which these products represent the lifestyles and perspectives of Deaf people.
    3. Demonstrate awareness of Deaf heritage and identify major historical events.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Talking about Family and Occupations

    1. Explaining relationships - possessive pronouns
    2. Asking/Telling how long
    3. Asking/Telling how old
    4. Wh-questions: HOW OLD
    5. Listing principle, ranking family members
    6. Dual personal pronouns
    7. Age numbers

    Attributing Qualities to others

    1. Contradicting opinions: BUT
    2. One - character role shifting
    3. Contrastive structure

    Talking About Routines

    1. Solving conflicts
    2. Telling what Time
    3. Temporal sequencing
    4. Time signs: frequency
    5. Clock numbers
    6. Wh-questions: WHEN

    Locating things around the House

    1. Give reason - topic comment structure
    2. Make request ? weak hand as reference
    3. Ask where - locative classifiers
    4. Give specific locations - Yes/no questions
    5. Correct and confirm information
    6. Open conversations

    Primary Faculty
    Ternullo, Annette
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SIGN 2010 - American Sign Language 4

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: SIGN 1030  or pass competency exam

    SIGN 2010 students will strengthen and master the skills obtained in SIGN 1010, 1020, and 1030 towards mastering ASL at an intermediate level. They will enhance expressive and receptive skills and vocabulary. This course is structured into logical grammatical units such as sentence types, pronominalization and classifiers. Highlighted topics include sociological aspects of deafness, hearing loss, medical and audiological perspectives and ASL compared to English.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competency in American Sign Language skills beyond level 1, 2, and 3.

    Objectives:

    1. Debate and exchange information and opinions on topics of students’ choosing in one-to-one and group settings both inside and outside of classroom.
    2. Explore, analyze and discuss controversial emotions and feelings on a variety of topics (e.g., audism issues).
    3. Share and analyze factual information on variety of topics.
    4. Debate and support personal and others’ opinions and preferences on variety of topics.
    5. Give and follow complex sequence of instructions.
    6. Initiate and participate in Social exchanges in formal situations. (E.g. Deaf visitors to the class, Deaf play, etc.).

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use American Sign Language vocabulary as related to:

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate comprehension of more complex narratives including various types of grammatical structures, including topic shift and role shift, by retelling the selection. (E.g. Birds of a Different Feather, etc.).
    2. Make and follow request. (e.g., invitations to classmates, request a travel itinerary).
    3. Demonstrate comprehension of complex questions, including conditional questions, on a variety of unfamiliar topics by seeking clarification and responding appropriately.
    4. Use complex ASL syntax in a paragraph. (e.g., temporal aspects, pronominalization.
    5. Demonstrate comprehension of complex descriptions of things by asking questions about these subjects and by asking for clarification.
    6. Demonstrate fingerspelled word recognition of proper nouns and lexicalized fingerspelling in videotaped format.
    7. Demonstrate understanding of major topics, and themes.
    8. Demonstrate the ability to analyze variety of sign styles through live and recorded materials and understand their significance.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use grammar structures beyond ASL 1, 2, and 3.

    Objectives:

    1. Analyze and discuss the meanings of ASL parameters.
    2. Use inflections and change the meanings in the areas of manners, modulations, degrees, and temporal aspects.
    3. Give presentations using increasingly more complex non-manual markers in ASL dialogues.
    4. Use regularity, approximate/relative time, repetition, and durations and tense.
    5. Use numeral handshape with location, movement, and orientation of signs in ranking, order of finishing in competition, placement of number identification on uniforms, and teams scores.
    6. Use plural classifiers by making “in row”, “sweep in a row” in “row” and “sweep in rows” inflections.
    7. Use rhetorical questions.
    8. Use real world orientation effectively be changing the perspectives of the signer in ASK dialogues.
    9. Use all compounds and contractions in all ASL dialogues.
    10. Use sign variations (e.g., some slang signs may be appropriate for some Deaf members).

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and discuss aspects of Deaf Culture beyond ASL 1, 2, and 3.

    Objectives:
    As the students expand their knowledge of Deaf Culture, they will discover that certain perspectives, practices and products differ from other cultures in the United States.

    1. Exchange information and opinions comparing Deaf culture with one’s own culture.
    2. Understand the value and role of collectivism in Deaf Culture and contrast it with own culture.
    3. Investigate the unwritten rules present in society that impact perceptions of Deaf People and Deaf Culture.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Complaining, Making Suggestions and Requests

    1. Complain about others - recurring time signs
    2. Make suggestions - Continuous time signs
    3. Make request - temporal aspects
    4. Ask Permission - inflecting verbs
    5. Express concern - role shifting
    6. Decline, explain why conditional sentences

    Exchange personal information: Life Events

    1. Ask/tell when - when clauses
    2. Tell about life events - Phrasing for sequencing
    3. Ask nationality of name - contrastive structure
    4. Narrate family immigration - possessive forms
    5. Correct and elaborate - descriptive and locative classifiers

    Describing and Identifying Things

    1. Ask what a word means - descriptive classifier
    2. Give Definition
    3. Describe Objects
    4. Instrument Classifiers
    5. Topic comment structure
    6. Non-manual markers
    7. Money numbers

    Talking about the Weekend

    1. Ask about the weekend - temporal sequencing
    2. Describe weekend activities - time signs with durative
    3. Express opinions/feelings - element classifiers
    4. Tell about disruptive plans

    Primary Faculty
    Ternullo, Annette
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Sociology

  
  • SOCY 1010 - Principles of Sociology

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    The student will study the origin, development, organization and function of human societies. Emphasis will be on culture, socialization, group behavior, social stratification, and social change.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the four sociological paradigms of how society operates and the theoretical approaches.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the structural functional paradigm.
    2. Describe the social conflict paradigm.
    3. Describe the symbolic interactionist paradigm.
    4. Describe the feminist paradigm.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an application of the use of the scientific method to gain knowledge about behavior.

    Objectives:

    1. List the differences between sociology and assumptions and myths about societal issues.
    2. Define the scientific method.
    3. List the steps of the research model.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the social structures of society.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify systems of social structure.
    2. Explain social class and lifestyle choices.
    3. Explain racial and ethnic inequality.
    4. Explain forms of gender inequality.
    5. Explain implications of aging around the world.
    6. Explain groups and organizations on a micro and macro level.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe sociologically concepts such as culture, social structure and socialization.

    Objectives:

    1. Define culture.
    2. Describe the relationship between culture and societal behavior.
    3. List the components of social structure.
    4. Explain the nature vs. nurture debate.
    5. Identify premodern and postmodern societies.
    6. Explain socialization through the life course.
    7. Explain social interaction in time and space.
    8. Identify types of groups and their characteristics.
    9. Identify types of leadership.

    Outcome 5:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe an overall knowledge of how agents of socialization direct behavior.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain systems of healthcare.
    2. Explain the functions of education.
    3. Explain the significance of the mass media.
    4. Explain the various family systems.
    5. Explain globalization.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Sociological Perspective
    2. Race and Ethnicity
    3. Research Methods
    4. Social Stratification
    5. Culture and Social Interaction
    6. Gender
    7. Organizations
    8. Aging
    9. Socialization
    10. Marriage and Family
    11. Deviance
    12. Education
    13. Sexuality
    14. Health and Medicine

    Primary Faculty
    Gerus, Kathleen
    Secondary Faculty
    Dyer, Brigit
    Associate Dean
    Williams-Chehmani, Angie
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SOCY 1100 - Modern Social Problems

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A sociological analysis of some of the major social problems confronting American society. Emphasis is placed on the relationship between social problems and value conflicts, social deviation, and social change.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize three major theoretical perspectives in socioloy and its own Notion of the causes, consequences, and solutions of social problems.

    Objectives:

    A. Examine the functionalist perspective in terms of causes, consequences, and solutions of social problems.

    B. Examine the conflict perspective in terms of causes, consequences, and solutions of social problems.

    C. Examine the symbolic interactionist perspecetive in terms of causes, consequences, and solutions of social problems.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize how the social context influences attitudes and behavior.

    A. Explain how social location and social history influences attitudes and behavior.

    B .Explain how structural forces in society and group and individual interaction influences attitudes and behavior.

    C. Evaluate data and source credibility.

    D. Explain the difference between facts and opinion.

    E. Explain objectivity and subjectivity.

    F. List the steps of the basic research model.

    Outcome 3:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of the influences of globalization in shaping reality.

    Objectives:

    A. Explain the macro level of stratification by race in different societies and in different eras and how it contributes to social problems.

    B. Explain the macro level of stratification by social class in different societies and how it contributes to social problems.

    C. Explain the macro level of stratification by gender, sexual orientation and gender identity and how it contributes to social problems.

    D. Explain the macro level of stratification by dominant groups and how it affects those marginalized groups in society and contributes to social problems.

     


    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Sociological Perspectives
    2. Research Methodology
    3. Mental Illness
    4. Drugs and Alcohol
    5. Crime and Deviance
    6. Poverty and Affluence
    7. Racism
    8. Gender
    9. Family
    10. Work
    11. Urban Population
    12. Technology
    13. Terrorism and War
    14. Globalization

    Primary Faculty
    Dyer, Brigit
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Williams-Chehmani, Angie
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SOCY 1210 - Introduction to Social Work

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    SOCY 1210 is an introductory behavioral science course that covers the historical, theoretical, and methodological systems that produced social welfare services and the social work profession. Students will participate in Service Learning during class time.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of the course students will be able to trace the history, theory, values, and ethics of the social work system.

    Objectives:

    1. Distinguish between social welfare, public welfare, and the social work profession.
    2. Identify and list the principles of case work management.
    3. Discuss the Generalist Approach and Systems Theory within individuals, groups, and the community.
    4. Identify and define different theories and approaches that social workers utilize.
    5. Identify and discuss the (National Association of Social Workers (NASW) Code of Ethics.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of the course the student will be able to identify and discuss the services social workers provide to individuals, groups, and the community.

    Objectives:

    1. List the steps involved when initiating the planned change in social work.
    2. Identify the tasks of the social worker during the interview process.
    3. List the pros and cons of the assessment and the school of casework practice.
    4. Discuss social work with groups, utilizing the variety of social work models.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of the course the student will be able to identify and discuss the role of social work values and the profession within the community as well as within the public and private sectors.

    Objectives:

    1. Characterize pubic agencies and discuss the role of social work in the agencies.
    2. Characterize voluntary agency and discuss the role of social work.
    3. Discuss social services in the nonsocial work setting(s).
    4. Explain the history of social work in the community.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of the course the student will be able to identify areas of social work concern in the United States and globally.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss direct practice with minorities and special populations.
    2. Discuss indirect practice with minorities and special populations.
    3. Explain social work practice on a global perspective.

    Outcome 5:
    Upon completion of the course students will be able to identify the broad areas of social service resources, participation, guidelines, criteria, and methods of classification.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the differences between profit and nonprofit agencies.
    2. Discuss the differences between public and private medical insurance policies and coverage.
    3. Identify resources available within the community and guidelines that apply to receiving assistance.
    4. Discuss the role of the state and federal government when accessing resources.

    Outcome 6:
    Upon completion of the course students will be able to recognize their own values, beliefs, and own personal bias about human diversity as they relate to one’s culture, class, and lifestyle choices in others in relation to general practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Explore cultural differences and ethnocentrism.
    2. Discuss the differences between prejudice, discrimination, and racism.
    3. Identify different lifestyle choices in order to effectively assist populations in need.
    4. Develop and implement treatment plans.

    Outcome 7:
    Upon completion of the course students will be able to identify and discuss different groups, issues, and social problems at the center of social work practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify with problems in aging.
    2. Discuss problems in mental health.
    3. Discuss problems in substances abuse.
    4. Identify challenges in the education and employment institutions.
    5. Identify challenges in the health care industry.
    6. Identify challenges within the criminal justice system.
    7. Identify the challenges with public policies and procedures in social work.

    Outcome 8:
    Upon completion of the course students will arrive at a fit between the student and career.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify a pathway for student interest and educational focus.
    2. Identify a service learning or field placement in which to fulfill contact hours related to the students’ area of interest in social work.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction and Course Overview
    2. The Generalist Approach and Theories in Social Work
    3. The Emergence of Social Work as a Profession
    4. Social Work Practice and Social Systems
    5. The Social Service Delivery System
    6. Social Work Values and Ethics
    7. Social Work and Social Justice
    8. Diversity and Social Work
    9. Social Policies and Social Work
    10. Social Work in Health and Mental Health
    11. Social Work with Families and Youth
    12. Social Work with Aging and Special Populations

    Primary Faculty
    Zaranek, Rochelle
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Williams-Chehmani, Angie
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SOCY 2000 - Sociology of Health & Human Behavior

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A survey of the field of health and human behavior from a sociological perspective. The course will explore the relationship between health and human development, the structure and function of health institutions, public health, and health education, the variety of roles of health practitioners, and the patterns of health care in American society.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize the interaction between society and health, including the social factors that contribute to illness.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the connection between social class and heart disease.
    2. Explain the difference between illness and disease.
    3. Identify critical social factors that prevent illness.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize the sociological perspective within health professions, health care institutions, as well as professional roles and ideologies.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the manner in which the medical profession became a model of professionalization.
    2. Describe the professional status of physicians today.
    3. Identify major aspects of the past that have carried over to shape hospital today.
    4. Explain the hospital patient role.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe health systems within a global context.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe and categorize four systems of health care that exist globally.
    2. List five characteristics of each system.
    3. List countries that have implemented the system.
    4. Compare and contrast each system.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe forces within the health care field and society leading to increased government participation in the delivery of health care.

    Objectives:

    1. List and explain types of government intervention.
    2. Describe loss of autonomy among doctors.
    3. Discuss hospital flow charts.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate overall knowledge of healing options or alternative care.

    Objectives:

    1. List types of alternative healers and alternative medicine.
    2. Explain chiropractors, folk healers, and faith healers.
    3. Explain acupressure, aromatic oils, diet supplements.
    4. Explain medical treatment as being compatible with beliefs of various cultures.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Medicine and Sociology
      1. Lifestyle problems and how the Medical Model views these problems as an illness.
        1. Social class health and illness
        2. Medical ghettos
        3. Social aspects of eating disorders
        4. Alcoholism ‐ disease model vs. social factors
    2. Epidemiology
      1. AIDS ‐ the impending quarantine ‐ video
      2. Complexity of modern ills
        1. Exercise and health
        2. Heart disease
      3. HME perspective
        1. Epidemiology of hypertension
    3. Social Demography of Health
      1. Gender differences
        1. Depression
        2. Suicide
        3. Mental illness
      2. Therapy ‐ Sexist or fair? Psychoanalytic therapy
      3. Why do women live longer than men?
      4. Social class and mental disorder
    4. Physicians, Patients, and Medical Care Illness Behavior
      1. Talcott Parsons sick role
        1. Illness as a deviance
        2. Critique of the sick role
        3. Factors affecting decision to seek the sick status
      2. Labeling theory
        1. Critique of labeling theory
      3. Health belief model
        1. Help seeking
        2. Responses
    5. Medical Socialization and the Medical Profession
      1. Medical school experience
      2. Power relationships
      3. Authority
      4. Oral presentation
    6. Social Control over the Medical Profession
      1. License to err 7‐part series written by Dolly Katz
    7. Health Occupations
      1. Chiropractors
      2. Pharmacists
      3. Optometrists
      4. Osteopaths
      5. Nurses
    8. The Hospital
      1. Forms of hospitals
        1. General hospitals
        2. Specialty hospitals
        3. Hospital as a large‐scale organization
    9. Health Policy in Selected Countries
      1. Sweden
      2. Russia
      3. Great Britain
      4. Japan
      5. Borderline medicine Canada (video)
    10. Special Issues
      1. Mental illness
      2. Factors in mental illness
        1. Social class
        2. Child rearing patterns (video ‐ Child of Rage)
        3. Homosexuality
    11. Biomedical Innovation
      1. Life support system
      2. Concepts of death
      3. Organ transplants
    12. Health Care in the U.S
      1. Six myths of American medical care
      2. Fee for service system
      3. DRGs (Diagnosis‐Relate d Groups)

    Primary Faculty
    Kingry, Bryan
    Secondary Faculty
    Zaranek, Rochelle
    Associate Dean
    Williams-Chehmani, Angie
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SOCY 2121 - Sociology of Aging

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly SOCY 2911)

    SOCY 2121 provides an introduction to various areas included in the study of aging. Topics covered include the impact of changing demographics; stereotypes; theories of aging; and physical, mental, and social processes of growing old.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of the course students will be able to define the segment of the population considered aged and why that segment requires special study.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the demographic profile of older Americans.
    2. Identify the number and proportion of older adults.
    3. Explain health, education and economic status of the elderly population.
    4. Discuss definitions of aging.
    5. Identify stereotypes associated with aging.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of the course the student will be able to discuss the relevant theories of aging.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify theoretical perspectives of aging.
    2. Explain critical role of aging research and development of policies.
    3. Identify basic terms and concepts in aging.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of the course the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge about current data concerning processes associated with historical, cultural, biological, psychological, and sociological contexts of aging.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate life expectancy based on health factors.
    2. Discuss social factors or aging.
    3. Discuss health care coverage.
    4. Identify changes in daily living among age cohorts.
    5. Identify activities of daily living.
    6. Discuss retirement and financial planning.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of the course the student will be able to identify behaviors considered to be maladaptive in old age and the role of situational and environmental factors in producing such behavior.

    Objectives:

    1. List positive and negative aspects of social relationships.
    2. Discuss social ties in older adulthood.
    3. Explain rate of mental disorders among older adults.
    4. Identify therapeutic interventions with older adults.
      1. Behavior interventions.
      2. Environmental design.
      3. Social networking.
      4. Family therapy.

    Outcome 5:
    Upon completion of the course students will be able to identify role changes and challenges associated with growing old.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify median age of retirement.
    2. Discuss “age‐differentiated” social structure of present day American society.
    3. Explain job performance among older adults.
    4. Discuss effects of retirement.
    5. Explain age‐segregated living arrangements.
    6. Explain broad care homes, assisted living facilities, and care giving options.
    7. Explain the bereavement process.
    8. Compare widows and widowers.
    9. Discuss and define hospice and euthanasia.
    10. Discuss Medicare and social security.
    11. Explain advance directives

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. The Growth of Social Gerontology
    2. Historical and Cross‐Cultural Issues in Aging
    3. The Social Consequences of Physical Aging
    4. Managing Chronic Diseases and Promoting Well‐Being in Old Age
    5. Cognitive Changes with Aging
    6. Personality and Mental Health in Old Age
    7. Love, Intimacy, and Sexuality in Old Age
    8. Social Theories of Aging
    9. The Importance of Social Supports: Family, Friends, and Neighbors
    10. Opportunities and Stresses of Informal Caregiving
    11. Living Arrangements and Social Interactions
    12. Productive Aging: Paid and Nonpaid Roles and Activities
    13. Death, Dying, Bereavement, and Widowhood
    14. The Resiliency of Elders of Older Adults
    15. Social Policies to Address Social Problems in Aging
    16. Health and Long‐Term Care Policy and Programs

    Primary Faculty
    Dyer, Brigit
    Secondary Faculty
    Zaranek, Rochelle
    Associate Dean
    Williams-Chehmani, Angie
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SOCY 2450 - Marriage & the Family

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A sociological analysis of the institutional aspects of marriage and family living, including: a comparative and historical treatment of the family; an investigation of the changes in the contemporary American family structure, functions, and roles, a discussion of contemporary family problems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an overall knowledge of key sociological concepts utilized in the study of Marriage and Family.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the structural functional theory, explain the relationship between family and larger society.
    2. Using the ecological theory, explain the relationship and adaptation of families to their physical environment.
    3. Using the conflict perspective, discuss widespread family problems.
    4. Using feminist theories, explain sex and gender as socially constructed categories that include gender roles (how one should behave) within families.
    5. Using the symbolic interactionist perspective, explain interpersonal meanings and the way we interact within families.

    Outcome 2:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an overall knowledge of the scientific method.

    Objectives:

    1. Define the scientific method.
    2. List the steps of the research model.

    Outcome 3:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an overall knowledge of the use of interpersonal skills and conflict resolution.

    Objectives:

    1. List communication goals.
    2. Identify and explain sex differences in communication.
    3. Describe / list communication problems.
    4. Explain what couples fight about.
    5. List productive communication patterns.
    6. Recognize unhealthy relationships

    Outcome 4:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an overall knowledge of the structure and function of the family in a variety of cultures.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the structure of African‐American families.
      1. Explain the impact of the economy.
      2. Discuss intergenerational families.
      3. Identify the impact of health.
    2. Explain the structure of Native American families.
      1. Explain the impact of the economy.
      2. Discuss intergenerational families.
      3. Identify the impact of health.
    3. Explain the structure of La៝tino families.
      1. Explain the impact of the economy.
      2. Discuss intergenera៝tional families. Iden៝tify the impact of health
      3. Explain the structure of Asian‐American families
      1. Explain the impact of the economy.
      2. Discuss intergenera៝tional families.
      3. Iden៝tify the impact of health
      4. Explain how Aging affects families

    Outcome 5:

    Upon comple៝tion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an overall knowledge of changing parental roles.

    Objectives:

    1. Iden៝tify how infants affect parents.
    2. List contemporary paren៝ting roles.
    3. List eight paren៝ting styles.
    4. List the factors of children at risk.
    5. Explain the intersec៝tion of social class and paren៝ting approaches.
    6. Explain the impact of historical attitudes on present day family issues

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Families and the Sociological Imagination
    2. Families Throughout the World
    3. Families Throughout History
    4. Sex, Gender, and Families
    5. Social Stratification, Social Class & Families
    6. Race, Ethnicity, and Families
    7. Courtship, Intimacy, and Partnering
    8. Marriage as a Personal Relationship & Social Institution
    9. Becoming a Parent
    10. Raising Children
    11. Families and the Work They Do
    12. Aging Families
    13. Violence and Abuse
    14. Divorce, Repartnering, and Remarriage
    15. Summing Up Families and the Sociological Imagination

    Primary Faculty
    Gerus, Kathleen
    Secondary Faculty
    Dyer, Brigit
    Associate Dean
    Williams-Chehmani, Angie
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SOCY 2500 - Community Leadership Practicum

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: POLS 1500 , POLS 1700 , and SOCY 1210 

    (replaces but does not equate to POLS 2000)

    This course will involve volunteer/internship hours, organized with the student(s), instructor, and community partner(s). Students will participate in weekly or biweekly meetings with the instructor, and keep a reflective journal throughout the process. This course will be available only to students who are in the certificate program, and have successfully completed POLS 1500, POLS 1700, and SOCY 1210. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Students will analyze the mission, vision, policies, and service context of a community organization.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the mission and goals of the organization, and how they are reflected in the organization’s work.
    2. Analyze and identify the issues, policies, and culture related to the organization’s specific work and goals.
    3. Observe and reflect on the organization’s work and interaction with the community it serves.

    Outcome 2: Students will identify and examine the issues, policies and service context learned in coursework and apply them to them to the internship experience.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the leadership and organizing practices and models used by the organization.
    2. Explain how the group is organized, including roles, responsibilities, and leadership structure.
    3. Practice leadership and organizing roles and strategies within the organization (under the guidance/direction of the organization’s leadership).

    Outcome 3: Students will be able to formulate a reflection and analysis of organizing and leadership within a local community organization.

    Objectives:

    1. Document the student’s off-campus work and experience during the semester.
    2. Analyze student work experience in the context of program goals and materials.
    3. Evaluate the student’s own development in the field related to program work and materials.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Content to be determined based on arrangement with organization, student, and faculty.
    Student and organization will be provided with guidelines and obligations that will be adhered to by the student and organization.
    Primary Faculty
    Zaranek, Rochelle
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Williams-Chehmani, Angie
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SOCY 2550 - Race & Ethnic Relations

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    SOCY 2550 introduces students to the status of racial and ethnic minorities in the United States with particular reference to the social dynamics involved with regard to majority‑minority relations. Emphasis is on the culture, social organization and status, and the problems and opportunities of various ethnic groups. Topics covered include inequality, segregation, pluralism, the nature and causes of prejudice and discrimination, and the impact that such patterns have on American life.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:

    Upon completion of the course, students will be able to demonstrate an introductory knowledge of key concepts in cultural diversity in the study of Race and Ethnic Relations.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the factors that determine dominant and subordinate groups.
    2. Explain the complexity and the social importance of race and describe/explain how race is socially constructed.
    3. Explain the sociological perspectives regarding intergroup relations and explain the processes that create dominant/subordinate groups.
    4. Identify the impact of globalization on race and ethnic relations.
    5. Define race and ethnicity, and identify their similarities and differences.
    6. Demonstrate application of the conflict perspective to the study of race and ethnicity.
    7. Define the following concepts: cultural pluralism, cultural relativism, ethnocentrism, assimilation, and multiculturalism.

    Outcome 2:

    Demonstrate an overall knowledge of the social impact of prejudice and discrimination.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the concepts of prejudice and discrimination.
    2. Identify the social impact of prejudice and discrimination.
    3. List,define and explain the various theories and explanations of prejudice.
    4. Explain the intersectional and matrix approach to studying racial and ethnic inequality.

    Outcome 3:

    Demonstrate an overall knowledge of racial and ethnic groups.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the impact of how race,and ethnicity influence people’s life chances.
    2. Explain how current race and ethnic relations are influenced by the historical treatment of minorities.
    3. List the key components of the historical struggle for equality in the United States.
    4. Identify and explain the historical and current effect of immigration on race and ethnic relations in the United States.
    5. Describe the role of language in race and ethnic relations.
    6. Identify the function of family in the passing of cultural, religious and historical concepts of racial and ethnic identities.
    7. Provide examples of contemporary issues affecting minority groups in the U.S.

    Outcome 4:

    Demonstrate an overall knowledge of the role of religion in Race and Ethnic Relations.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the role religion plays in race and ethnic relations.
    2. Identify the stereotypes, prejudices and discrimination religion minorities’ experience.
    3. Define religions role in creating an ethnic identity.
    4. Describe the impact of religion and class influence people’s life chances.
    5. Explain how/why religious diversity can affect social acceptance.
    6. Explain the concept of religion as an ethnic identity.

    Outcome 5:

    Demonstrate an overall knowledge of the status of other minority groups.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and describe how people are identified as being a part of a minority group besides their racial and ethnic identifites (women, mentally or physically disabled, based on sexual orientation or gender identification, the aged).
    2. Explain the historical struggles of these minority groups in terms of prejudice and discrimination and the impact it has on their life chances and also, the social impact on society.
    3. Describe how and why prejudice and discrimination perpetuate inequalities between the dominant groups and these minority groups.
    4. Identify the different movements that have improved the social and/or economic conditions of these minority groups.

    Outcome 6:

    Demonstrate an overall knowledge of the issue of diversity in the world and the steps being taken to achieve multiculturalism.

    Objectives:

    1. Compare and contrast prejudice and discrimination in other countries (world) to the United States.
    2. Explain ethno‐national conflicts and their global impact.
    3. Describe the effect of colonialism on current race and ethnic relations.
    4. Explain the origins and purposes of affirmative action programs.
    5. Depict the global nature of dominant‐subordinate relations along dimensions of race, ethnicity, religion, and gender.
    6. List and describe the social impact of the numerous rights movements. Who did the movement help and why?

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Understanding Race and Ethnicity Overview
      1. Factors that determines a dominant and a subordinate group.
      2. The role of power and privilege in relations between a minority and a majority.
      3. The four types of subordinate groups.
      4. The complexity and the social importance of race.
      5. How race is socially constructed.
      6. Different sociological perspectives regarding intergroup relations
      7. The importance of the processes that creates dominant/subordinate groups.
    2. Prejudice Overview
      1. Hate crimes and the current trends of hate crimes.
      2. How prejudice plays a role in perceptions of people seen as racially different.
      3. Similarities and differences between prejudice and discrimination.
      4. Theories and explanations of prejudice, including exploitation theory, scapegoat theory, authoritarian personality theory, and normative theory.
      5. Prejudice including stereotypes, racial profiling, and current trends in stereotypes.
      6. The mood of the oppressed and examine intergroup hostility.
      7. Possibilities that lead to a reduction of prejudice between groups.
      8. Potential employers respond to ethnic‐sounding names.
      9. Different ways to fight hate.
    3. Discrimination Overview
      1. Explanations of why discrimination occurs.
      2. Institutional factors that perpetuates inequality.
      3. Consequences of low‐wage labor, including how a large portion of racial and ethnic minorities are among the working poor.
      4. Factors that can exacerbate one’s subordinate status.
      5. Origins and purposes of affirmative action programs.
      6. Ways in which members of subordinate groups respond to situations of institutional discrimination.
    4. Immigration and the United States Overview
      1. How immigration is a global phenomenon.
      2. History and patterns of immigration in the United States.
      3. The evolution of laws concerning immigration to the United States.
      4. Common stereotypes about immigrants.
      5. Characteristics of today’s foreign‐born immigrant population in the United States.
      6. Distinction between legal and illegal immigration, the roles that immigrants play in the United States economy and what our society would be like without illegal immigrants.
      7. Economic impact of immigration in the United States.
      8. Government’s policy toward refugees and asylees
    5. Ethnicity and Religion Overview
      1. How religion and ethnicity contribute to defining identity.
      2. Different sociological perspectives regarding the origins and functions of ethnicity in the United States.
      3. Formation of Whiteness as an identity, and the experiences of White ethnics in the United States.
      4. How race, religion, ethnicity, and class influence people’s life chances.
      5. Religious diversity in the United States.
      6. Price paid by White ethnics in the Unite d States.
    6. The Native Americans Overview
      1. Historical interactions between Europeans and Native Americans.
      2. History of legislation targeting Native Americans.
      3. Federal policies affect life on reservations.
      4. Pan‐Indianism and how Native Americans today address issues of economic development, education, health care, religious and spiritual expression, and the environment.
      5. Role of sovereignty in Native‐American tribal self‐rule.
      6. Treaties and warfare and the consequences of each.
      7. Native American Legal Claims, the Termination Act, and the Employment Assistance Program.
      8. Collective action efforts through pan‐indianism and protest efforts.
      9. The Navajo Way.
    7. The Making of African Americans in a White America Overview
      1. History of African Americans from colonial times through 2007.
      2. Origins of slavery and its continuing impact on Black‐White relations.
      3. Causes and nature of protest movements against racial inequality.
      4. Diversity of Black leaders? approaches to the problem of inequality.
      5. Role of religion in the struggle for racial equality in the United States.
      6. Long history of Sundown Towns where non‐Whites could work and spend their money but not live.
    8. African Americans Today Overview
      1. Impact of segregation on African American education.
      2. Effects of low‐income, prejudice, and discrimination on life for contemporary African Americans.
      3. Current economic situation of African Americans.
      4. Strengths, weaknesses, and unique challenges of African American families.
      5. Causes and effects of residential segregation.
      6. Problems facing the African American community in areas such as criminal justice (including the implementation of the death penalty), health care, and policics.
      7. The assertion that some African American youth do poorly in school because they do not want to “act White.”
    9. Hispanic Americans Overview
      1. Diversity of the Latino America n or Hispanic population in the United States.
      2. Important elements of Hispanic identity.
      3. Significance of language to Latino American identity as well as the key components of the debates surrounding this issue.
      4. An introductory view of the economic picture of Latinos as a group.
      5. Significance of the borderlands to Mexicans and Mexican Americans as well as other Hispanic groups.
      6. Experiences of Cuban immigrants to the United States and the issues they face as they remain in this country.
      7. Diversity of experiences of Central and South American immigrants to the United States and the possibilities f or future generations of these immigrants.
    10. Mexican Americans and Puerto Ricans Overview
      1. Similarities and differences between the experiences of Mexican Americans and Puerto Ricans in the United States.
      2. Factors influencing the immigration of Mexicans to the United States.
      3. Unique relationship between Puerto Rico and the United States and h ow this affects Puerto Ricans.
      4. Situation of Mexican Americans and Puerto Ricans in the United States in regard to education, economic opportunities, family life, access to health care, involvement in politics, and religion.
    11. Muslim and Arab Americans: Diverse Minorities Overview
      1. Diversity of Muslim and Arab people in the United States.
      2. Arab Americans and the characteristics of their communities.
      3. Muslim Americans and the characteristics of their communities.
      4. Experiences of Muslim and Arab immigrants to the United States.
      5. Muslim and Arab family life, gender, education, and politics in the United States.
      6. Experience of anti‐Arab and anti‐Muslim feelings on Muslim and Arab Americans.
      7. Current issues of prejudice and discrimination toward Arab and Muslim Americans.
    12. Asian Americans: Growth and Diversity Overview
      1. Experience of Asian Americans in general and the experiences of Koreans, Filipinos, Asian Indians and refugees from Southeast Asia more specifically.
      2. Image of the ?model minority? and how this stereotype impacts the life chances of Asian Americans.
      3. Political efforts of different Asian American populations, as well as an understanding of some of the reasons for their lack of political participation.
      4. Experiences of Filipino immigrants to the United States and the unique limitations that this group of Asian American’s face.
      5. Issues faced by Asian Indian immigrants to the United States.
      6. Experiences of refugees and other immigrants from Southeast Asia and the current issues they face.
      7. Ways in which Korean Americans have worked to move out of their subordinate status.
      8. Hawaii and its people, understanding the factors that lead to its diversity as well as the issues that such diversity presents.
    13. Chinese Americans and Japanese Americans Overview
      1. Present‐day Chinese Americans are descendants of both pre‐Exclusion Act immigrants and those who immigrated afer World War II.
      2. Occupational profile of Chinese Americans.
      3. What life is like inside Chinatown.
      4. Family and religious life of Chinese Americans.
      5. Migration of Chinese people to the United States.
      6. Historical situation of Japanese Americans in the United States.
      7. Japanese Americans encountered discrimination and ill treatment in the early twentieth century.
      8. Wartime evacuation experience of Japanese Americans during World War II.
      9. Economic picture of Japanese Americans today.
      10. Family and religious life of Japanese Americans.
      11. Remnants of prejudice and discrimination of Chinese and Japanese Americans in the United States.
    14. Jewish Americans: Quest to Maintain Identy Overview
      1. Jewish people are an ethnic group.
      2. Identity rests not on the presence o f physical traits or religious beliefs but on a sense of belonging that is tied to Jewish ancestry.
      3. Distinctive aspects of the Jewish population.
      4. Migration patterns of Jewish people to the U .S. and how this has influenced the formation of a Jewish identity.
      5. Origins and impacts of anti‐Semitism on the lives and culture of Jewish people.
      6. Anti‐Semitism inside and outside of the United States.
      7. Present situation of Jewish people in the United States with regard to their employment, education, organizational activity, and political activity.
      8. Religious life of Jewish Americans focusing on both the Orthodox tradition and Reform tradition.
      9. Importance of the role of the family, the role of religion, and the role of cultural heritage in forming Jewish identity and Jewish culture in the United States.
    15. Women: The Oppressed Majority Overview
      1. Women are an oppressed group even though they form the numerical majority.
      2. Similarities between women and racial and ethnic groups.
      3. Socialization has an impact on the development and perception of gender roles.
      4. Impact of gender roles in perpetuating inequalities between men and women.
      5. Conflict theory, functional theory, and labeling theory explain gender role socialization.
      6. Historical and contemporary concerns of the feminist movement.
      7. Current economic picture of women.
      8. Issues and sources of discrimination and sexual harassment geared toward women.
      9. Concept of the feminization of poverty.
      10. Experience of women in education and how it is similar to their experience in the labor force.
      11. Present situation of family life for women, including the areas of child care and housework and abortion.
      12. Political activity of women.
      13. Matrix of domination applied to minority women.
    16. Beyond the United States: The Comparative Perspective Overview
      1. Subordinating people because of race, nationality, or religion is not a phenomenon unique to the United States; it occurs throughout the world.
      2. World systems theory and ethno national conflicts.
      3. How racial and ethnic differences differ from society to society, focusing on Mexico, Canada, Brazil, Israel, and the Republic of South Africa.
      4. Status of women on a global level and how the global level compares to the status of women in the United States.
      5. Social construction of race through the application of the color gradient.
      6. Issues of identity and culture both unify and divide communities and nations using Mexico, Canada, Brazil, Israel, and the Republic of South Africa.
      7. Foundations of the conflict between Israelis and Palestinians as well as consider the likelihood of resolution to this conflict.
      8. Impact of colonialism and apartheid on current race relations in the Republic of South Africa.
      9. Global nature of dominant‐subordinate relations along dimensions of race, ethnicity, religion, and gender.
    17. Overcoming Exclusion Overview
      1. Experience of social disadvantage if not limited to groups defined by race, ethnicity, gender, or religion.
      2. How the elderly are still a group at a disadvantage, given the ageism in our society.
      3. How and why older people in the United States are subject to a paradox.
      4. Advocacy efforts by the elderly.
      5. Process and consequences of labeling the disabled.
      6. Ways in which people with disabilities have sought t o achieve both respect and opportunities.
      7. How the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is a significant step forward.
      8. Advocacy efforts by the disabled.
      9. How long‐term homophobia has made it a challenge for gays and lesbians to go about their lives.
      10. Advocacy efforts for gay and lesbian rights.
      11. Even though there has been progress made for each of these groups, as well as the racial and ethnic minorities discussed earlier, there still remains a full agenda for further progress.

    Primary Faculty
    Dyer, Brigit
    Secondary Faculty
    Kingrey, Bryan
    Associate Dean
    Williams-Chehmani, Angie
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Spanish Language

  
  • SPAN 1460 - Elementary Spanish 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly SPAN 1260)

    This course is designed to introduce students to the Spanish speaking world and Spanish vocabulary and grammatical structures necessary to express personal meaning on basic topics. Students will engage in these activities within contextualized cultural settings. The vocabulary and grammatical structures are integrated into interactive and communicative activities that emphasize all four language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Students are required to use computer based technology to practice these skills.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competency in basic oral language skills.

    Objectives:

    1. Pronounce individual sounds, including appropriate intonation and stress, with little or no interference in order to be understood by a Native Speaker.
    2. Form and produce entire sentences with no hesitation and natural pauses.
    3. Engage in small conversations with a Native Speaker in the present and future tense about the following topics (includes both initiating conversations as well as responding appropriately to speech of a Native Speaker):
      1. Getting acquainted.
      2. Give and receive information about time, schedule, work, school, weather.
      3. Make phone calls.
      4. Express ownership and relationships.
      5. Describe people and feelings.
      6. Handle social situations such as sports events.
      7. Plan a vacation.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use basic Spanish vocabulary.

    Objectives:
    Regarding topics such as school, work, free time, vacation, transportation, city places, family, social interactions, professions, and weather expressions:

    1. Use vocabulary when speaking.
    2. Respond to a Native Speaker who has used the vocabulary.
    3. Use vocabulary in writing.
    4. Demonstrate reading comprehension skills by discussing subject matter and/or answering questions based on the passage read.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use basic grammar structures in speaking and writing.

    Objectives:

    1. Conjugate regular, irregular, and stem changing present tense verbs.
    2. Use ordinal and cardinal numbers.
    3. Use present progressive verb forms.
    4. Use ser vs. estar, as appropriate.
    5. Use nouns and articles.
    6. Use descriptive and possessive adjectives and article agreements.
    7. Formulate questions and answers.
    8. Use saber vs. conocer, as appropriate.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and discuss aspects of Spanish culture.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize and discuss some basic geographical, economical and cultural aspects of some Spanish speaking countries and/or communities such education, sports, and leisure activities, dances and music, food, and family relationship and professions.
    2. Compare cultural differences.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    • Apply greetings and goodbyes in Spanish
    • Identify yourself and others orally and in writing
    • Apply nouns and articles
    • Apply numbers 0-30
    • Apply the present tense of ser
    • Tell the time of the day
    • Recall basic facts about the United States and Canada
    •  
    • Name classes and school related vocabulary
    • Discuss everyday activities using present tense conjugation of -ar verbs
    • Apply vocabulary and grammar to produce a small dialogue 
    • Formulate questions in Spanish
    • Identify the location of people and things
    • Apply the present tense of the verb estar
    • Apply numbers 31 and higher
    • Recall basic facts about España and educational systems in Spanish speaking countries
    • Classify family members
    • Explain the meaning of family terms in writing
    • Apply family terms and grammar to create a dialogue orally and in writing
    • Classify people and things according to physical and personality characteristics
    • Express plurality and gender of descriptive adjectives
    • Express possession using possessive adjectives
    • Conjugate -er and -ir verbs in the present tense
    • Recall basic facts about Ecuador and family life in Spanish speaking countries
    •  
    • Identify pastimes, weekend activities and sports
    • Apply the present tense of ir
    • Apply the present tense of stem changing verbs
    • Apply the present tense of irregular yo forms
    • Apply vocabulary and grammar to produce a dialogue
    • Recall basic facts about Mexico and sports and leisure activities in Spanish speaking countries
    •  
    • Apply vocabulary about traveling
    • Identify the uses of “ser” y “estar
    • Identify uses of “saber” and “conocer
    • Apply the present progressive 
    • Relate the seasons and the weather
    • Apply vocabulary and grammar to produce a dialogue
    • Recall basic facts about Puerto Rico and vacationing in Spanish speaking countries

    Primary Faculty
    Williams, Susanna
    Secondary Faculty
    Ramos, Maria
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPAN 1470 - Elementary Spanish 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: SPAN 1460  or two or more years of high school Spanish

    (formerly SPAN 1270)

    This course continues students’ development of Spanish language and culture by building and expanding on the culture, vocabulary and language structures learned in SPAN 1460. New language functions will be presented in meaningful activities that emphasize all four language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing and allow for further cultural exposure. Students are required to use computer based technology to practice these skills.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competency in oral language skills beyond Elementary Spanish 1.

    Objectives:

    1. Pronounce individual sounds, including appropriate intonation and stress, with little or no interference in order to be understood by a Native Speaker.
    2. Form and produce entire sentences with no hesitation and natural pauses.
    3. Engage in conversations with a Native Speaker in the present, future, and past tense about the following topics (includes both initiating conversations as well as responding appropriately to speech of a Native Speaker):
      1. Going shopping.
      2. Past actions and events.
      3. Daily routine.
      4. Preparing meals and comparing Hispanic world cuisine.
      5. Ordering meals at a restaurant.
      6. Talking about celebrations.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use Spanish vocabulary beyond Elementary Spanish 1.

    Objectives:
    Regarding topics such as clothing and grocery shopping, restaurants, food, weather, daily routine, celebrations:

    1. Use vocabulary when speaking.
    2. Respond to a Native Speaker who has used the vocabulary.
    3. Use vocabulary in writing.
    4. Demonstrate reading comprehension skills by discussing subject matter and/or answering questions based on the passage read.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use grammar structures beyond Elementary Spanish 1 in speaking and writing.

    Objectives:

    1. Conjugate regular and irregular preterit.
    2. Use preterit verb tenses.
    3. Use direct, indirect, reflexive, and possessive pronouns.
    4. Use Gustar and similar.
    5. Use affirmative and negative words.
    6. Use pronouns after prepositions.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and discuss aspects of Spanish culture beyond Elementary Spanish 1.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize and discuss some geographical, economical and cultural aspects of some Spanish speaking countries and/or communities such as celebrations and festivities, shopping habits, food and eating habits.
    2. Compare cultural differences.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    • Engage in conversation with a Native Speaker in the present, future and past tense about going shopping
    • Describe past experiences orally and in writing
    • Apply preterit verb tenses
    • Apply direct, indirect and demonstrative pronouns
    • Recall basic facts about Cuba and shopping habits in Spanish speaking countries
    •  
    • Engage in conversation with a Native Speaker in the present, future and past tense about daily routine using the verb gustar and similar 
    • Describe past experiences orally and in writing
    • Apply preterit verb tenses
    • Apply indefinite and negative words
    • Recall basic facts about Perú and daily routine habits in Spanish speaking countries
    •  
    • Engage in conversation with a Native Speaker in the present, future and past tense about food, eating habits or restaurant experience
    • Describe past experiences orally and in writing
    • Apply preterit verb tenses
    • Apply indirect and direct object pronouns together
    • Apply comparisons and superlatives
    • Recall basic facts about Guatemala and eating habits in Spanish speaking countries
    •  
    • Engage in conversation with a Native Speaker in the present, future and past tense about celebrations
    • Describe past experiences orally and in writing
    • Apply preterit verb tenses
    • Apply pronouns after prepositions
    • Recall basic facts about Chile and celebrations in Spanish speaking countries

    Primary Faculty
    Williams, Susanna
    Secondary Faculty
    Ramos, Maria
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPAN 2460 - Intermediate Spanish 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: SPAN 1470 

    (formerly SPAN 2360)

    Third-semester Spanish picks up where SPAN 1470 has ended. The central goal is to advance the student’s communicative ability and cultural competency with an emphasis on assimilating the language for complex communicative purposes. New language functions will be presented in meaningful activities that emphasize all four language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing, and empower further cultural exploration. Students are required to use computer based technology to practice these skills.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competency in oral language skills beyond Elementary Spanish 2.

    Objectives:

    1. Pronounce individual sounds, including appropriate intonation and stress, with little or no interference in order to be understood by a Native Speaker.
    2. Form and produce entire sentences with no hesitation and natural pauses.
    3. Engage in conversations with a Native Speaker in the present, future, or past tense about the following topics (includes both initiating conversations as well as responding appropriately to speech of a Native Speaker)
      1. Talking about health.
      2. Talking about cars and technology.
      3. Discussing dwellings and house appliances.
      4. Talking about nature and environment.
      5. Giving directions in a city.

    Outcome 2:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use Spanish vocabulary beyond Elementary Spanish 2.

    Objectives: Regarding topics such as health, cars, technology, housing, nature, environment, and directions:

    1. Use vocabulary when speaking.
    2. Respond to a Native Speaker who has used the vocabulary.
    3. Use vocabulary in writing.
    4. Demonstrate reading comprehension skills by discussing subject matter and/or answering questions based on the passage read.

    Outcome 3:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use grammar structures beyond Elementary Spanish 2 in speaking and writing.

    Objectives:

    1. Conjugate and use imperfect tense and contrast it with preterit.
    2. Use “se” and of adverbs.
    3. Apply por and para
    4. Conjugate and use formal and informal commands.
    5. Conjugate and use present subjunctive.
    6. Past participles used as adjectives.

    Outcome 4:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and discuss aspects of Spanish culture beyond Elementary Spanish 2.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize and discuss some geographical, economical and cultural aspects of some Spanish speaking countries and/or communities such as technology, health, city life, and environmental issues.
    2. Compare cultural differences.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    • Engage in conversation with a Native Speaker in the present, future and past tense about going to the doctor and talking about health
    • Describe past experiences orally and in writing
    • Apply and contrast preterit and imperfect
    • Apply se and adverbs
    • Recall basic facts about Costa Rita and health systems in Spanish speaking countries
    •  
    • Engage in conversation with a Native Speaker in the present, future and past tense about cars and tecnology
    • Apply informal commands
    • Apply por and para
    • Apply reciprocal reflexives and stressed possessive adjectives and pronouns. 
    • Recall basic facts about Argentina and technology in Spanish speaking countries
    •  
    • Engage in conversation with a Native Speaker in the present, future and past tense about dwelling and appliances
    • Apply formal commands
    • Apply relative pronouns
    • Apply present subjunctive and its use with verbs of will and influence
    • Recall basic facts about Panamá and dwelling  in Spanish speaking countries
    •  
    • Engage in conversation with a Native Speaker in the present, future and past tense about environment
    • Apply subjunctive with verbs of emotion
    • Apply subjunctive with verbs of doubt, disbelief and denial
    • Apply subjunctive with conjunctions
    • Recall basic facts about Colombia and environment in Spanish speaking countries

     


    Primary Faculty
    Williams, Susanna
    Secondary Faculty
    Ramos, Maria
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPAN 2470 - Intermediate Spanish 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: SPAN 2460 

    (formerly SPAN 2370)

    This course will stress the expansion of the student’s vocabulary, language skills and cultural competency. Classroom activities will center on a thorough review of the most important aspects of Spanish grammar, as well as active oral and written use of the language. The oral exercises will expose students to extended discourse and will develop content and context as appropriate for students moving from the intermediate to the more advanced proficiency levels. Authentic material will provide the student with opportunities to critically engage with elaborate cultural situations. Students are required to use computer based technology to practice these skills.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competency in oral language skills beyond Intermediate Spanish 1.

    Objectives:

    1. Pronounce individual sounds, including appropriate intonation and stress, with little or no interference in order to be understood by a Native Speaker.
    2. Form and produce entire sentences with no hesitation and natural pauses.
    3. Engage in conversations with a Native Speaker in the present, future, and past tense about the following topics (includes both initiating conversations as well as responding appropriately to speech of a Native Speaker):
      1. Talking about Health and well-being

        Discussing Professions and occupations and reading classifieds and looking for jobs.

        Discussing Art and Media

        Debating current events and politics.

    Outcome 2:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use Spanish vocabulary beyond Intermediate Spanish 1.

    Objectives:

    Regarding topics such as careers, health, arts and media and politics:  

    1. Use vocabulary when speaking.
    2. Respond to a Native Speaker who has used the vocabulary.
    3. Use vocabulary in writing.
    4. Demonstrate reading comprehension skills by discussing subject matter and/or answering questions based on the passage read.

    Outcome 3:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use grammatical structures beyond Intermediate Spanish 1 in speaking and writing.

    Objectives:

    Students will review grammatical structures, including:

    1. The present and the past perfect

      The present perfect subjunctive

      The future

      The future perfect

      The past subjunctive

      The conditional

      The conditional perfect

      The past perfect subjunctive

      Si clauses

      Summary of the uses of subjunctive

    Outcome 4:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and discuss aspects of Spanish culture beyond Intermediate Spanish 1.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize and discuss some geographical, economical, social and cultural aspects of some Spanish speaking countries and/or communities such as health systems, hospitals, arts and media, and politics.
    2. Examine media of Spanish‐speaking countries (literature, visual art, music and songs, and/or cinema).
    3. Compare cultural differences.

    Outcome 5:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to critically discuss, in Spanish, literary and/or journalistic works read in Spanish.

    Objectives:

    1. Convey desired message.
    2. Analyze the meaning of the work.
    3. Support ideas conveyed using examples from the work.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    Course Introduction & review of Span2460

    Preparación y Vocabulario: El bienestar

    Estructura: The present perfect

    Estructura: The past perfect

    Estructura: The present perfect subjunctive

    Preparación y Vocabulario: El mundo del trabajo

    Estructura: The future

    Estructura: The future perfect

    Estructura: The past subjunctive

    Course Introduction & review of Span2460

    Preparación y Vocabulario: El bienestar

    Estructura: The present perfect

    Estructura: The past perfect

    Estructura: The present perfect subjunctive

    Preparación y Vocabulario: El mundo del trabajo

    Estructura: The future

    Estructura: The future perfect

    Estructura: The past subjunctive

    Preparación y Vocabulario: Un Festival de arte

    Estructura: The conditional

    Estructura: The conditional perfect

    Estructura: The past perfect subjunctive

    Preparación y Vocabulario: Las actualidades

    Estructura: Si clauses

    Estructura: Summary of the uses of subjunctive

     


    Primary Faculty
    Williams, Susanna
    Secondary Faculty
    Ramos, Maria
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Speech

  
  • SPCH 1010 - Introduction to Communication

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    An introduction to the discipline of communication. Emphasis is on basic theories of communication and the contexts in which communication occurs. The course surveys multiple areas of communication: general principles, interpersonal, small groups, intercultural, organizational, conflict, presentation speaking, and mass media.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will explain the significance of communication to the human experience.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will explain intrapersonal communication.
    2. The student will practice communication ethics.
    3. The student will solve communication problems using critical thinking.
    4. The student will explain using a communication model how communication and miscommunication can occur.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will employ basic interpersonal communication theory.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will demonstrate verbal communication (language and meaning).
    2. The student will classify nonverbal communication.
    3. The student will listen and paraphrase messages.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply a skill base teaching them to be a competent member of a problem solving group.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will demonstrate knowledge and usage of tools and skill resources for group production.
    2. The student will apply leadership theory.
    3. The student will use interaction skills in a group setting.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare an analysis of communication and culture.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will discuss language diversity.
    2. The student will explain diverse cultural patterns.
    3. The student will discuss language and intercultural communication.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will analyze professional communication theory.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will name and explain the theoretical concepts central to organizational communication.
    2. The student will recognize the professional communication behaviors that reflect these concepts.
    3. The student will be able to identify and distinguish how conflict occurs and the role communication plays in its development, management, and resolution.
    4. The student will be able to prepare a topic with a central idea for an analyzed audience.
    5. The student will discuss the importance of public relations.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the use of mass media in society.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will be able to use theory to explain the evolution of mass media.
    2. The student will relate the use of radio, television, internet, including the use of social media in society.
    3. The student will explain the place of journalism, ethics, and content in mass media.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Unit One - Understanding Communication

    a. Problem(s): What is the significance of communication to the human experience?

    b. Theory Base

    i. Intrapersonal

    ii. Communication Ethics

    iii. Critical Thinking

    iv. Communication Models

    c. Skill Practice Assessment

    2. Unit Two - Understanding Inter-personal Relationships

    a. Problem(s): What is the importance of interpersonal communication?

    b. Theory Base

    i. Demonstrating Verbal Communication

    ii. Language and Meaning

    iii. Classifying Non-verbal Communication

    iv. Listening

    c. Skill Practice Assessment

    3. Unit Three - Understanding Small Groups

    a. Problem(s): What is the skill base to be a competent member of a problem solving group?

    b. Theory Base

    i. Knowledge, Usage of Tools, Skill Resources

    ii. Leadership

    iii. Interaction Skills

    c. Skill Practice Assessment

    4. Unit Four - Understanding Intercultural Communication

    a. Problem(s): How does one participate in intercultural communication?

    b. Theory Base

    i. Language Diversity

    ii. Diverse Cultural Patterns

    iii. Language and Intercultural Communication

    c. Skill Practice Assessment

    5. Unit Five - Understanding Professional Communication Theory

    a. Problem(s): What are the areas of professional communication theory?

    b. Theory Base

    i. Concepts of Organizational Communication

    ii. Conflict and the Role Communication Plays

    iii. Presenting a Topic with a Central Idea for an Analyzed Audience

    c. Skill Practice Assessment

    6. Unit Six - Understanding Mass Media

    a. Problem(s): What role does mass media play in society?

    b. Theory Base

    i. Evolution of Mass Media

    ii. The Roles of Radio, Television, Internet (Social Media) in Society

    iii. Journalism, Ethics and Content in Mass Media

    c. Skill Practice Assessment

     


    Primary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Secondary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 1060 - Speech Communication

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Basic skills of effective oral communication through varied speech experiences. Emphasis is on gathering and organizing materials; language, style, delivery, and voice improvement; gaining confidence in working with audiences.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare a topic with a specific goal for analyzed audience.

    Objectives:

    1. Choose a topic appropriate for the audience and occasion.
    2. Narrow a topic appropriate for the audience and occasion.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to document an arranged, full‐sentenced outline in a plain style, in an ethical manner.

    Objectives:

    1. Use appropriate resources to find information, including Internet, library, expert interviews, and personal experience.
    2. Demonstrate critical thinking by developing, listening to, analyzing, and synthesizing issues, contentions, arguments, and forms of support on a selected topic.
    3. Select an organizational pattern, thesis, specific purpose, and full sentence outline pattern which follow the conventions of standard written language in punctuation, grammar, and spelling appropriate to the topic, audience, occasion, and context.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce revisions of a rehearsed presentation.

    Objectives:

    1. Provide appropriate ethical and cited supporting material for the message based on the topic, audience, occasion, and context.
    2. Use language and grammar that is appropriate to the topic, audience, occasion, and context.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to deliver an extempore presentation to a specific audience using media aids.

    Objectives:

    1. Use pronunciation, articulation, and vocal variety in rate, pitch, volume, and intensity to heighten and maintain interest.
    2. Use physical behaviors that support the verbal message.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. UNIT ONE - PHILOSOPHICAL UNDERPINNINGS
      1. Problem: What basic principles must public speakers understand about the speaking/listening process?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Historical Roots of Public Speaking, Logos, Pathos, Ethos as the roots of the Ethical Communication Process
        2. Speaking with Confidence
        3. Critical Listening
      3. Skill Practice Assessment: Videos and Exercises
      4. Performance: Historical Declamation or similar assignment
    2. UNIT TWO - SPEAKER’S TOOL BOX
      1. Problem: What tools and skills must public speakers use?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Audience Analysis
          1. Topic Selection
      3. General Purpose, Specific Purpose, and Central Idea
      4. Preparation Outline, Speaking Outline
        1. Forms of Support: Rational and Dramatic
          1. Delivery: Use of voice‐breathing, phonation, articulation, pronunciation
          2. Use of Verbal: language, specificity, accuracy, vividness, appropriateness
          3. Use of Nonverbal: gestures, movement, facial expressions
          4. Media Aids: auditory and visual
      5. Skill Practice Assessment: Videos and Exercises
      6. Performance: Delivery Skills, Oral Skills, Narration Speech Emphasized
    3. UNIT THREE - INFORMATIVE SPEAKING
      1. Problem(s): How does a public speaker prepare a speech to instruct using Monroe’s Motivated Sequence (Based on John Dewey’s Principles of thinking)?
        How does a public speaker prepare a speech to explain to an audience about a policy problem that needs changing using Monroe’s Motivated Sequence?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Audience Analysis
        2. General Principles of Learning
        3. Topic Selection
        4. General Purpose, Specific Purpose, and Central Idea
        5. Research Skills
          1. Computer
          2. Books
          3. Journals
        6. Documentation (Modern Language Association - MLA)
        7. Preparation Outline, Speaking Outline
        8. Forms of Support both logical and dramatic
          1. Definitions
          2. Illustrations
          3. Jokes
          4. Stories
          5. Facts
          6. Figures and statistics
        9. Connectives ‐ Transitions and Signposts
        10. Language and Grammar appropriate for the audience, occasion, and context
        11. Delivery Review
      3. Skill Practice Assessment: Videos and Exercises
      4. Performance: One‐Point Speech - Information Speech - Issue Speech - Instructional Information Speech
    4. UNIT FOUR - PERSUASIVE SPEAKING
      1. Problem: How does a public speaker prepare a speech to persuade an audience to accept a new policy solution for a problem that needs changing using Monroe’s Motivated Sequence?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Audience Analysis
        2. General Principles of Persuasion
        3. Logical Reasoning and Argument
        4. General Purpose, Specific Purpose, and Central Idea
        5. Research Skills Review
        6. Documentation Review
        7. Preparation Outline, Speaking Outline
        8. Significance, Inherency, Criteria Checklist, Plan and Planks
        9. Advantage, Solvency
        10. Forms of Support
        11. Connectives ‐ Transitions and Signposts
      3. Skill Practice Assessment: Videos, Impromptu Speeches and Exercises
      4. Performance: Persuasion Speech or Campaign Speech

    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 1200 - Group Discussion & Leadership

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Discussion and leadership in business and industry. Conference and meeting formats: panel, forum, symposium, group dynamics, role playing, brainstorming, and problem solving exercises.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare a skill base that teaches them to be a competent member of a problem‐solving group.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate mature interpersonal communication attitudes, balance and work habits while planning and self‐assessing communication performance.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of the basic principles of small group communication including: definitions, types of groups, systems and synergy, formation and development of groups and team building.
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of leadership theory.
    4. Demonstrate knowledge and professional behavior interaction skills including: member needs and groups goals; participation and leadership; task function and maintenance functions; verbal communication and nonverbal communication; cohesiveness and conflict; seeking consensus and offering arguments; structured procedures and creative/critical thinking; negotiation and mediation; shared perceptions and respect for differences; as well as speaking and listening skills by participating in informal and formal group problem solving exercises in business, education, health, or industrial contexts.
    5. Demonstrate knowledge and usage of tools and skill resources for group production including: research; agenda setting; minuting; parliamentary procedure, formats of meetings and conference; and conducting meetings and planning conferences by planning and participating in classroom meetings and conferences simulating business, education, health or industrial context.
    6. Demonstrate leadership skills by leading meetings configured under various management styles in business, education, health, or industrial context.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce demonstrations of agenda‐driven, problem solving meetings, using a variety of discussion formats in an ethical manner.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate mature interpersonal communication attitudes, balance and work habits while planning and self‐assessing communication performance.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of the basic principles of small group communication including: definitions, types of groups, systems and synergy, formation and development of groups and team building.
    3. Demonstrate knowledge and usage of tools and skill resources for group production including: research; agenda setting; minuting; parliamentary procedure, formats of meetings and conference; and conducting meetings and planning conferences by planning and participating in classroom meetings and conferences simulating business, education, health or industrial context.
    4. Analyze group exercises in business, education, health, or industrial context and self assess personal behavior including evaluation, personal reactions and application of small group theory.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present extempore discussion/problem‐solving symposia to specific audiences using media aids.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of leadership theory.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge and professional behavior interaction skills including: member needs and groups goals; participation and leadership; task function and maintenance functions; verbal communication and nonverbal communication; cohesiveness and conflict; seeking consensus and offering arguments; structured procedures and creative/critical thinking; negotiation and mediation; shared perceptions and respect for differences; as well as speaking and listening skills by participating in informal and formal group problem solving exercises in business, education, health, or industrial contexts.
    3. Demonstrate knowledge and usage of tools and skill resources for group production including: research; agenda setting; minuting; parliamentary procedure, formats of meetings and conference; and conducting meetings and planning conferences by planning and participating in classroom meetings and conferences simulating business, education, health or industrial context.
    4. Analyze group exercises in business, education, health, or industrial context and self assess personal behavior including evaluation, personal reactions and application of small group theory.
    5. Demonstrate leadership skills by leading meetings configured under various management styles in business, education, health, or industrial context.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    TEACHING MODEL: THEORY, SKILL PRACTICE, SKILL PERFORMANCE

    1. Assessments Theory of Group Work
      1. Forming, Norming, Storming, Performing Model
      2. Formation of Cooperative Learning Groups

    Outline based on Multiple Sources

    1. Unit One - Philosophical Underpinnings Theories
      1. Problem: What are the basic group concepts?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Introduction to Small Group Communication
          1. Defining Small Group Communication
          2. Process of Group Communication
          3. Synergistic System
          4. Types of Groups
          5. Advantages and Disadvantages of Groups
        2. Group Formation and Development
          1. Why People Need Groups
          2. Task and Social Dimensions
          3. How Groups Develop
          4. Group Norms
          5. Dealing with Change
          6. Balancing Needs and Norms
        3. Participation in Groups
          1. Who wants to be a follower?
          2. Theories of Participation
          3. Guidelines for Participation
          4. Dealing with Difficulties
          5. Balanced Participation
        4. Skill Practice Assessment: Videos and Exercises
        5. Performance: Discussion Groups
    2. Unit Two - Speaker’s Tool Box Interaction Skills
      1. Problem: What are the skills necessary for interacting in groups?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Confidence in Groups
          1. Member Confidence
          2. Communication Apprehension
          3. Social Tensions
          4. Assertiveness
          5. Balancing Confidence and Tension
        2. Verbal and Nonverbal Communication in Groups
          1. Two Essential Tools
          2. Language and Meaning
          3. Team Talk
          4. Language Difficulties
          5. Adapting to Language Differences
          6. Importance of Nonverbal Communication
          7. Nonverbal Behavior
          8. The Nonverbal Environment
          9. Creating a Communication Climate
          10. Balancing Language and Nonverbal Behavior
        3. Listening in Groups
          1. Hearing and Listening
          2. The Need for Effective Listening
          3. Types of Listening
          4. Group Roles and Listening
          5. Group Listening Skills
          6. Taking Notes in Groups
          7. Self‐Listening in Groups
          8. Adapting to Different Listeners
          9. Balanced Listening
        4. Conflict and Cohesion in Groups
          1. Conflict in Groups
          2. Constructive and Destructive Conflict
          3. Conflict Styles
          4. Approaches to Conflict Management
          5. Group Cohesion
          6. Adapting to Differences
          7. Balancing Conflict and Cohesion
        5. Skill Practice Assessment: Beebe ‘s Small Group Instrument The Competent Group Communicator
        6. Performance: Discussion Groups
    3. Unit Three - Participation Tools
      1. Problem(s): What is leadership? What are the processes necessary to achieve group’s goals? Why Argue?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Leadership in Groups
          1. Leadership and Power
          2. Becoming a Leader
          3. Leadership Theories
          4. The 4‐M Model of Leadership Effectiveness
          5. Diversity and Leadership
          6. Balanced Leadership
        2. Decision Making and Problem Solving in Groups
          1. Group Decision Making
          2. Decision Making Methods
          3. Understanding the Discussion Question
          4. The Need for Procedures
          5. Problem‐Solving Models
          6. Decision‐Making Methods and Tools
          7. Creative Problem Solving
          8. Decision‐Making Realities
          9. Balanced Decision Making
        3. Argumentation in Groups
          1. Argumentativeness
          2. The Structure of an Argument
          3. Presenting Your Arguments(s)
          4. Refuting Arguments
          5. Ethical Arguments
          6. Adapting to Argumentative Styles
          7. Balanced Argumentation
        4. Motivation in Groups
          1. The Language of Motivation
          2. Group Motivation
          3. Motivation and Assessment
          4. Motivation and Rewards
          5. Balancing Motivation, Assessment and Rewards
        5. Skill Practice Assessment: Speech Instruments
        6. Performance: Group Discussions
    4. Unit Four - Achieving Group Goals ‐ Processes
      1. Problem: What are the resources and goals small group communicators need?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Informed Groups
          1. Becoming a well‐informed group
          2. Note your sources
          3. Sources of Information
          4. Types of Information
          5. Evaluating Information
          6. Using Information Effectively
          7. Balancing Information Quality and Quantity
        2. Technology and Virtual Groups
          1. Technology and Group Communication
          2. Group Communication Media
          3. Groupware
          4. Collaborative Presentation Technology
          5. Balancing Technology in Groups
          6. Research Skills - Technology
        3. Planning and Conducting Meetings
          1. Planning the Meeting
          2. Preparing the Agenda
          3. The Chairperson’s Responsibilities
          4. Dealing with Difficulties
          5. Adapting to Difficulties
          6. Preparing the Minutes
          7. Evaluating the Meeting
          8. Balanced Meetings
        4. Making Presentation in Groups
          1. Presentations in Groups
          2. Oral Presentation Guidelines
          3. Technology and Presentation Aids
          4. Group Presentations
          5. Questions and Answers
          6. Balanced Oral Presentations
        5. Parliamentary Procedure
          1. The Rules of the Game
          2. Parliamentary Procedure’s Principles and Players
          3. Basic Rules of Order
          4. Informal Rules
          5. Balanced Procedures
        6. Skill Practice Assessment: Observations
        7. Performance
          1. Agenda
          2. Minuting
        8. Parliamentary Procedure

    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 1400 - Mass Media Communication in a Global Culture

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Theories and practices of media content and form focusing on news, radio, television, film, and the Internet. Students will learn the whole process of creating the diversified forms of programming for the media. Audience analysis research will be conducted followed by critical review of programming and media production.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare various critiques about the content of media in today’s culture.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the role media plays in a global society.
    2. Explain media content.
    3. Explain how society views the media.
    4. Explain the differences between old media and the new media such as the Internet.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to document knowledge of media as it relates to the functions of society.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss the role of the writer of media.
    2. Discuss writing techniques within media.
    3. Discuss the creation of media messages in society.
    4. Discuss how media affects various cultures.
    5. Discuss how cultures affect the media.
    6. Discuss the differences between writing styles of the various forms of media content.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce and perform a variety of media content and analysis.

    Objectives:

    1. Systematize a schema for a performance/presentation.
    2. Systematize a schema for a criticism.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present evidence of analyzing and critiquing media.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the ability to analyze the messages the media portrays.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to properly present a complete critique of media content.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    TEACHING MODEL: THEORY, SKILL PRACTICE, SKILL PERFORMANCE

    1. Assessments Theory of Group Work
      1. Forming, Norming, Storming, Performing Model
      2. Formation of Cooperative Learning Groups
    2. Unit One - Philosophical Underpinnings
      1. Problem: What is the importance of understanding mass media in the world today?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Culture and diverse audiences: information, dissemination, entertainment, creative expression and the country’s governance
        2. Culture and the evolution of mass media
        3. Audience: Time people spend using mass media each year
        4. Business: U.S. Business Industries Annual Income
        5. Elements of mass media
        6. Understanding the mass medias
        7. Who owns the media
        8. Who controls the messages
        9. Digital delivery
        10. Mass media and the process of communication
        11. How the new communications network functions: two‐way system
      3. Skill Practice Assessment: Search engine review
      4. Performance: Synopsis of sites visited based on critical template; critique a selected television program based on format provided; fill out questionnaires.
    3. Unit Two - Internet Mass Media
      1. Problem(s): What is the relevance of the internet? What boundaries exist for free expression? Who controls the internet: range and quality of postings?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Origins of the internet
        2. Evolution of the internet
        3. Birth and Growth of the internet
        4. Access on the internet
        5. Mapping the internet
        6. Service Providers
        7. Browsers
        8. E‐mail and instant messaging services
        9. Ownership issues of the internet
        10. Free expression, security and access
        11. Privacy issues
        12. Spyware and phishing
      3. Skill Practice Assessment: Think‐Pair‐Share Exercises from text
      4. Performance: Students will write papers using the critical process presented to class.
    4. Unit Three - Audio/Video Mass Media
      1. Problem(s): What are the origins, strengths and weaknesses, advantages and disadvantages of the various industries?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Preservation of the original performance
        2. Sound recording and popular music
        3. Popular radio and origins of broadcasting
        4. Television and the power of visual culture
        5. Cable and the specialization of television
        6. Movies and the impact of images: genres
      3. Skill Practice Assessment: In‐depth exposure to the various media by observing selected segments, bites, and scenes. Selecting, gathering personal preference genre for presentation
      4. Performance: Review of Detroit terrestrial and non‐terrestrial markets for radio, television, and cable in the Detroit market; Students will prepare assignments designed for their media specialty: sound tracks, commercials, movie trailers, field trip to the Fox Theater, etc.
    5. Unit Four - Words and Pictures
      1. Problem: What are the origins, strengths and weaknesses, advantages and disadvantages of the various word and picture industries?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Journalism and newspapers
        2. Models of modern print journalism
        3. Categorizing news and U.S. newspapers
        4. Specialty, trade, business, etc.
        5. Magazines
        6. Domination of specialization of magazines
        7. Books and the power of print
        8. Modern publishing and the book industry
        9. The organization and ownership of the book industry
        10. Trends in book publishing
      3. Skill Practice Assessment: In‐depth overview of newsstands and Super Borders
      4. Performance: Comparison/Contrast assignments pertaining to students’ preferred interest area
    6. Unit Five - International Mass Media
      1. Problem: How does International media compare with American media: availability, variety, accessibility, cost, etc.?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Political theories and the media
        2. Differing standards of practices
        3. World media systems
        4. Culture
        5. Business
        6. West Europe and Canada
        7. Eastern Europe
        8. Middle East and North Africa
        9. Africa
        10. Asia and the Pacific
        11. Latin America and the Caribbean
        12. News and information flow
        13. Global media Markets
        14. Global access to the internet
      3. Skill Practice Assessment: View videos and mass media from China and other cultural specific areas
      4. Performance: Compare and contrast foreign newspapers, magazines, movies and television programs, i.e. satellite, in paper or presentations
    7. Unit Six - Mass Media Business
      1. Problem: What are the components and issues in mass media business?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Advertising and commercial culture
        2. Advertising campaigns
        3. Public relations and framing the message
        4. Tensions between public relations and the press
        5. Public relations: social responsibility and the democracy
        6. Media economics and the global marketplace
        7. The culture of journalism: values, ethics, and democracy
        8. Media effects and cultural approaches to research
        9. Legal controls and the freedom to expression
      3. Skill Practice Assessment: Search out examples of the above
      4. Performance: Write various forms of media. Critique selected media clips, bytes, selections, etc. by the instructor

    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 1460 - Introduction to Broadcasting

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Explores the development of broadcasting. Familiarizes and gives practical experience in the use of broadcasting and recording equipment through the production process. Portfolio development projects included.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform various broadcasting techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform fundamental lessons in broadcasting in front of a television camera.
    2. Perform fundamental lessons in broadcasting using audio equipment designed for radio.
    3. Perform fundamental lessons in acting and scene production.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create broadcasts.

    Objectives:

    1. Function with the broadcast media that will be used in the area of telecommunication arts (radio‐TV‐film).
    2. Write media.
    3. Work with audio tape equipment.
    4. Editing with video equipment.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analytically examine important historical broadcast events and various media programming.

    Objectives:

    1. Critically discuss programming on radio and television.
    2. List the important historical social implications of radio and television, and propose reasons and defend them concerning the growth of the telecommunication art industry.
    3. List the major government regulations that control the broadcasters.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present and produce an entire program.

    Objectives:

    1. Produce an entire radio or television program from beginning to end using the methods of Pre‐Production, Production, and Post‐Production.
    2. Present a complete radio or television presentation and production.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    TEACHING MODEL: THEORY, SKILL PRACTICE, SKILL PERFORMANCE

    1. Assessments Theory of Group Work
      1. Forming, Norming, Storming, Performing Model
      2. Formation of Cooperative Learning Groups
    2. Unit One - Critically Analyzing Broadcasting and Principles
      1. Problem(s): What is Broadcasting? What are the Rules?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Key Terms and Principles
        2. Communication
        3. History of Radio and Television
        4. Regulations
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    3. Unit Two - Learning Broadcasting Skills
      1. Problem: What are the most important skills?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Communicating Verbally
        2. Communicating Nonverbally
        3. Eye Contact
        4. Script Reading
        5. Presentation in Front of the Camera
        6. Presentation in an Audio Studio Setting
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    4. Unit Three - Applying Broadcasting Skills to Mass Communication Settings
      1. Problem(s): What are the means of communicating?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Understanding Television Production equipment
        2. Understanding Radio equipment
        3. Developing Editing Skills
        4. Developing Writing Skills
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    5. ASSESSMENTS

    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 1600 - Radio Broadcasting

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: SPCH 1460  

    (replaces but does not equate to SPCH 1490)

    This course is designed to teach students the knowledge, values, sensitivity, and skills needed to work in the 21st century broadcasting industry with ethical and critical/creative thinking abilities. Developing, producing, and performing for commercial, dramatic, news and public affairs, sports, and global programming for use with the AM/FM, satellite radio, and podcasting on the Internet. Portfolio development projects included.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course the student will analyze various programming focusing on Production, Programming, and Performance.

    Objectives: The student will be able to:

    1. Explain the role of the producer.
    2. Understand basic radio format.
    3. Explain sound engineering.
    4. Explain basic function of the mixing/production console.
    5. Explain recorded program productions.
    6. Explain live productions.
    7. Explain the role of the on‐air personality/talent
    8. Explain the types of microphones and their different applications.
    9. Explain how to create and produce a remote production.
    10. Explain how to create special effects, develop and record productions using one or more channels with a computer.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course the student will explain the convergence of AM/FM radio to new forms of media.

    Objectives: The student will be able to show the convergence and adaptation of AM/FM radio to:

    1. Satellite radio.
    2. Podcasting.
    3. Web Radio and other Internet uses.
    4. Expanding frontiers.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course the student will be able to create a written production plan for a variety of domestic and global radio program formats.

    Objectives: The student will be able to:

    1. Systematize a schema for a production.
    2. Systematize a schema for a program.
    3. Systematize a schema for a performance.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of the course the student will create four productions using a podcasting format for their portfolios.

    Objectives: The student will be able to produce, program, and perform:

    1. A commercial production.
    2. A drama and dramatic element radio production.
    3. A news production.
    4. A remote and sports production.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Unit One - Basics of Radio

    a. Problem(s): What are the basic elements of radio programming?

    b. Theory Base

    i. Key terms and principles

    ii. Domestic and global audiences

    iii. Measuring an audience

    iv. Radio formats

    v. Regulations

    vi. Ethics

    vii. Role of producer

    viii. Role of the performer

    ix. Role of sound engineer

    x. Basic functions of mixing/production console

    xi. Types and uses of microphones

    xii. Recorded and live programming

    xiii. Remote productions

    xiv. Using the computer to edit, create special effects, and programming

    c. Skill Practice Assessment

    d. Performance

    2. Unit Two - Convergence of AM/FM Radio with New Media

    a. Problem(s): What are the commercial and personal uses of the new Media?

    b. Theory Base

    i. Historical view of AM/FM radio

    ii. Satellite radio

    iii. Podcasting

    iv. Other Internet uses

    v. Future?

    c. Skill Practice Assessment

    d. Performance

    3. Unit Three - Production Planning

    a. Problem(s): How does one produce, program, and perform various types of productions?

    b. Theory Base

    i. What is the process of production

    ii. What is the process of programming

    iii. What is the process of performing

    c. Skill Practice Assessment

    d. Performance

    4. Unit Four - Podcast Portfolio Productions

    a. Problem(s): How does one produce podcast productions for domestic and global audiences using various programming formats?

    b. Theory Base

    i. Explanation of the IVAN Project

    ii. Commercial productions

    iii. Drama and dramatic elements productions

    iv. News productions

    v. Remote and sports productions

    c. Skill Practice Assessment

    d. Performance


    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 1700 - Broadcast Television

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: SPCH 1460 

    Learning theory and systems principles of live television broadcasting using multi‑camera production, camera composition and operation, studio roles and functions, and audio acquisitions presenting a basic adaptation of the script rundown to produce a live‑to‑tape television program. This course will also examine audience analysis, response, and evaluation. Portfolio Development Projects included.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of programming using the three steps of production: Pre‐Production, Production, and Post‐Production.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the three steps of production.
    2. Explain the roles of the writer and producer.
    3. Understand basic editing principles.
    4. Explain the differences between live to tape and live productions.
    5. Explain the differences between multi‐camera, Electronic Field Production (EFP), and film style shooting.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to document knowledge of studio production as it relates to positions, direction, and camera composition.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss above‐the‐line positions.
    2. Discuss below‐the‐line positions.
    3. Discuss the role of the director.
    4. Discuss camera composition including the rule of thirds.
    5. Discuss camera directions.
    6. Discuss triangle‐lighting.
    7. Discuss audio recording techniques.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce a written production plan for a variety of studio productions.

    Objectives:

    1. Systematize a schema for a presentation.
    2. Systematize a schema for a production.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present and produce an entire program.

    Objectives:

    1. Produce an entire studio program from beginning to end using the methods of Pre‐Production, Production, and Post‐Production.
    2. Present a complete studio presentation and production.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    TEACHING MODEL: THEORY, SKILL PRACTICE, SKILL PERFORMANCE

    1. Assessments Theory of Group Work
      1. Forming, Norming, Storming, Performing Model
      2. Formation of Cooperative Learning Groups
    2. Unit One - Learning and Applying the Pre‐Production Stage
      1. Problem(s): How does it go from idea to script? How does it go from script to production?
      2. Theory Base:
        1. Key Terms and Principles
        2. Program Objective
        3. Role of the Writer
        4. Role of the Producer
        5. Role of the Director
        6. Above‐the‐line Positions
        7. Below‐the‐line Positions
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    3. Unit Two - Learning and Applying the Production Stage
      1. Problem: What are the most important skills?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Communicating Verbally
        2. Communicating Nonverbally
        3. Eye Contact
        4. Script Reading
        5. Presentation in Front of the Camera
        6. Camera Composition
        7. Camera Movement
        8. Role of the Producer
        9. Role of the Director
        10. Above‐the‐line Positions
        11. Below‐the‐line Positions
        12. Understanding Television Studio Equipment
        13. Understanding Microphones and Mixers
        14. Understanding Triangle‐Lighting
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    4. Unit Three - Learning and Applying the Post‐Production Stage
      1. Problem(s): How is the program put together?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Developing Editing Skills
        2. Understanding Live‐to‐Tape productions
        3. Understanding the Switcher (Video Mixer)
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    5. ASSESSMENTS

    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 2100 - Interpersonal Communication Relationships

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly SPCH 1100)

    A strong theory base is presented.  It is followed by one‑to-one communication skills, combined with experiences in verbal and non‑verbal interaction. The theory focus is on message preparation, theories of interaction, the role of body language, current issues in relational communication dynamics, expressing emotions, understanding self‑disclosure, and developing positive interpersonal relationships.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a skill base that will demonstrate “other” centeredness.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate “other” centeredness by giving attention to the conversational partner.
    2. Demonstrate “other” centeredness by showing interest in and concern for the conversational partner

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate improvement in communication interaction management.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate composure by modeling relaxed confidence.
    2. Demonstrate composure by modeling assertiveness.
    3. Demonstrate interaction management through turn taking, conversational initiation and conversational closings.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate personal control of verbal and nonverbal expressiveness.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate expressiveness through animation and variation in verbal and nonverbal forms of expression, including face, voice, body and gestures.
    2. Demonstrate appropriate language usage (avoiding excessive use of slang, vulgarisms, obscenities, and profanity).

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course the student will be able to identify and analyze facilitative and debilitative emotions.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the ability to express facilitative emotions in a variety of context and situations
    2. Demonstrate the ability to express debilitative emotions and use coping mechanisms in a variety of contexts and situations.

    Outcome 5:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate interactive communication models in a variety of contexts.

    1. Demonstrate ability in active listening with relational feedback.
    2. Demonstrate ability in conflict role management, problem solving and negotiating.

    Outcome 6:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate interactive relational dynamics.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the ability to interact and respond in an effective relational environment.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to identify and analyze “dispreferred” relational experiences.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    TEACHING MODEL: THEORY, SKILL PRACTICE, SKILL PERFORMANCE

    Forming, Norming, Storming, Performing Model
    Formation of Cooperative Learning Groups

    1. Unit One - Philosophical Underpinnings
      1. Problem: What is Interpersonal Communication?
        1. Theory Base
          1. Key Terms and Principles
          2. Communication and Self
          3. Interpersonal Communication and Perception
          4. Interpersonal Communication and Intercultural Diversity
      2. Skill Practice Assessment
      3. Performance
    2. Unit Two - Learning Interpersonal Communication Skills
      1. Problem: What are the most important skills?
        1. Theory Base
          1. Listening and Responding
          2. Communicating Verbally
          3. Communicating Nonverbally
          4. Conflict Management Skills
      2. Skill Practice Assessment
      3. Performance
    3. Unit Three ‐ Emotions
      1. Problem: What is the difference between feeling and emotions?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Physiological factors
        2. Cultural Influences
        3. Self‐Disclosure
        4. Facilitative and Debilitative emotions
        5. Relating to Family, Friends, and Colleagues
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performances
    4. Unit Four - Applying Interpersonal Communication Skills to Interpersonal Relationships
      1. Problem(s): What is the cycle of relationships?
        1. Theory Base:
          1. Understanding Interpersonal Relationships
          2. Developing Interpersonal Relationships
          3. Relating to Family, Friends, and Colleagues
      2. Skill Practice Assessment
      3. Performance
    5. Post‐Assessment

    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 2110 - Persuasion

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: SPCH 1060  

    Analysis of persuasion in society. Ethical use of persuasion emphasized in preparation of persuasive talks for securing attention, minimizing hostility, and securing support for positions.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate skills based on the objectives of the Speech Communication Competency Speaker Criteria (NCA).

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate critical thinking by developing, listening to, analyzing and synthesizing issues, contentions, arguments and forms of support on a selected persuasive topic.
    2. Select a persuasive organizational pattern, thesis, specific purpose, and full sentence outline pattern which follow the conventions of standard written language in punctuation, grammar and spelling appropriate to the topic, audience, occasion, and context.
    3. Explain the communication theories associated with persuasion.
    4. Prepare a skill base that builds on the objectives from Speech 1060.
      1. Choose and narrow a topic appropriately.
      2. Use appropriate resources to find information.
      3. Demonstrate critical thinking.
      4. Select an organizational pattern appropriate to the topic.
      5. Provide appropriate ethical and cited supporting material.
      6. Use language and grammar that is appropriate.
      7. Use physical behaviors that support the verbal message.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to document and recognize persuasive appeals in printed or transcribed mass media; as well as, create critically thought‐out, persuasive appeals in original presentations in an ethical manner.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate critical thinking by developing, listening to, analyzing and synthesizing issues, contentions, arguments and forms of support on a selected persuasive topic.
    2. Select a persuasive organizational pattern, thesis, specific purpose, and full sentence outline pattern which follow the conventions of standard written language in punctuation, grammar and spelling appropriate to the topic, audience, occasion, and context.
    3. Explain the communication theories associated with persuasion.
    4. Prepare a skill base that builds on the objectives from Speech 1060.
      1. Choose and narrow a topic appropriately.
      2. Use appropriate resources to find information.
      3. Demonstrate critical thinking.
      4. Select an organizational pattern appropriate to the topic.
      5. Provide appropriate ethical and cited supporting material.
      6. Use language and grammar that is appropriate.
      7. Use physical behaviors that support the verbal message.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce original presentations demonstrating use of persuasive organization patterns free of fallacious reasoning and manipulation.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate critical thinking by developing, listening to, analyzing and synthesizing issues, contentions, arguments and forms of support on a selected persuasive topic.
    2. Select a persuasive organizational pattern, thesis, specific purpose, and full sentence outline pattern which follow the conventions of standard written language in punctuation, grammar and spelling appropriate to the topic, audience, occasion, and context.
    3. Identify and label common fallacies used in persuasion.
    4. Report uses of media manipulation and persuasion.
    5. Describe the tactics of propaganda.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present extempore persuasive symposia to friendly and hostile audiences using media aids.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate critical thinking by developing, listening to, analyzing and synthesizing issues, contentions, arguments and forms of support on a selected persuasive topic.
    2. Select a persuasive organizational pattern, thesis, specific purpose, and full sentence outline pattern which follow the conventions of standard written language in punctuation, grammar and spelling appropriate to the topic, audience, occasion, and context.
    3. Identify and label common fallacies used in persuasion.
    4. Report uses of media manipulation and persuasion.
    5. Describe the tactics of propaganda.
    6. Prepare a skill base that builds on the objectives from Speech 1060.
      1. Choose and narrow a topic appropriately.
      2. Use appropriate resources to find information.
      3. Demonstrate critical thinking.
      4. Select an organizational pattern appropriate to the topic.
      5. Provide appropriate ethical and cited supporting material.
      6. Use language and grammar that is appropriate.
      7. Use physical behaviors that support the verbal message.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    TEACHING MODEL: THEORY, SKILL PRACTICE, SKILL PERFORMANCE

    1. ASSESSMENTS
      1. Forming, Norming, Storming, Performing Model
      2. Formation of Cooperative Learning Groups
    2. Unit One - Philosophical Underpinnings
      1. Problem: What basic principles must presenters of persuasion understand about persuasion in today’s world?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Contemporary Persuasion
          1. Ethics
          2. Research
          3. Symbols
          4. Tools for analyzing language
        2. Speaking with Confidence
        3. Critical Listening
      3. Skill Practice Assessment: Videos and Exercises
      4. Performance
        1. Introductory Speech
        2. Historical Declamation
    3. Unit Two - Speaker’s Tool Box
      1. Problem: What tools and skills must persuasive public speakers use?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Audience Analysis
          1. Topic Selection
            1. General Purpose, Specific Purpose, and Central Idea
            2. Preparation Outline, Speaking Outline
          2. Forms of Support: Rational and Dramatic
        2. Delivery: Use of voice‐breathing, phonation, articulation, pronunciation
        3. Use of Verbal: language, specificity, accuracy, vividness, appropriateness
        4. Use of Nonverbal: gestures, movement, facial expressions
        5. Media Aids: auditory and visual
      3. Skill Practice Assessment: Videos and Exercises
      4. Performance
        1. Delivery Skills , Oral Skills
        2. One Point Speech
    4. Unit Three - Informative Speaking
      1. Problem(s): How does a public speaker prepare a speech to explain to an audience about a policy problem that needs changing using Monroe’s Motivated Sequence?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Audience Analysis
        2. General Principles of Learning
        3. Topic Selection
        4. General Purpose, Specific Purpose, and Central Idea
        5. Preparation Outline, Speaking Outline
        6. Forms of Support‐definitions, illustrations, jokes, stories, facts, figures
        7. Delivery: Use of voice‐breathing, phonation, articulation, pronunciation
        8. Language: specificity, accuracy, vividness, appropriateness
        9. Nonverbal: gestures, movement, facial expressions
        10. Media aids: auditory and visual
        11. Research Skills
          1. Computer
          2. Books
          3. Journals
        12. Documentation (Modern Language Association - MLA)
        13. Connectives (Transitions and Signposts)
      3. Skill Practice Assessment: Videos and Exercises
      4. Performance
        1. Interview Speech/Learning Bias
        2. Policy Speech using Monroe’s Motivated Sequence
    5. Unit Four - Theories of Persuasion
      1. Problem: What does the role of theory play in Persuasive Speaking?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Attitudes: Definition, Formation, and Measurement
        2. Attitude/Behavior Link
        3. Social Judgment Theory
        4. Consistency and Cognitive Dissonance Theory
        5. Self‐Perception Theory
        6. Theory of Reasoned Action
        7. Theory of Planned Behavior
        8. Elaboration Likelihood Model
      3. Skill Practice Assessment: Videos and Exercises
      4. Performance
        1. Sales Speech
        2. Analysis of an Ad paper
    6. Unit Five - Persuasive Speaking; Persuasion Process
      1. Problem: How does a speaker prepare persuasive messages using a variety of models?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Source Factors
        2. Audience Analysis
        3. Message Factors: Content and Style
        4. Message Factors: Tactics and Strategies
        5. Receiver and Channel Factors
        6. Ethics
        7. Logical Reasoning and Argument
        8. General Purpose, Specific Purpose, and Central Idea
        9. Research Skills Review
        10. Documentation Review
        11. Preparation Outline, Speaking Outline
        12. Significance, Inherency, Criteria Checklist, Plan and Planks
        13. Advantage, Solvency
        14. Forms of Support
        15. Connectives‐Transitions and Signposts
      3. Skill Practice Assessment: Videos and Exercises
      4. Performance
        1. Sympathetic Audience Speech
        2. Hostile Audience Speech
        3. Impromptu Speech
        4. Speech Criticism paper (Overview of Persuasive Campaign or Movement)
        5. Rhetorical Criticism paper
        6. Negotiation Exercises

    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 2300 - Intercultural Communication

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Intercultural communication is a course intended for those whose private or professional life includes encounters with people from cultures and co‑cultures in the United States different from their own. Major theories and concepts are discussed and skills are practiced to sharpen real sensitivity and improved personal effectiveness when people of different cultures come together to share ideas, feelings, and information. Portfolio Development Projects included.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare an analysis of communication and culture.

    Objectives:

    1. Define culture and intercultural communication.
    2. Explain dominant American cultural patterns.
    3. Explain diverse cultural patterns.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to document the exchange of intercultural messages.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss language and intercultural communication.
    2. Discuss language diversity.
    3. Discuss foreign language and translation.
    4. Discuss the importance of nonverbal communication.
    5. Classify nonverbal communication.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce plans for verbal and nonverbal communication strategies demonstrating cultural influences on various contexts.

    Objectives:

    1. Systematize a schema for a context.
    2. Systematize a schema for a culture.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present evidence of successful competent intercultural conversations.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the ability to record observations of non‐ participatory conversations using ethnographic constructs.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to record observations of participatory conversations using ethnographic constructs.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    TEACHING MODEL: THEORY, SKILL PRACTICE, SKILL PERFORMANCE

    1. Assessments Theory of Group Work
      1. Forming, Norming, Storming, Performing Model
    2. Unit One - Foundations of Intercultural Communication
      1. Problem: Why study Intercultural Communication?
      2. Theory Base
        1. The Challenge of Intercultural Communication
        2. Contact
        3. Defining the terms: Culture, Communication, Context, and Power
        4. The Deep Structure of Culture
        5. Family
        6. History
        7. World View
        8. Cultural Explanations of Life and Death
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    3. Unit Two - Intercultural Communication Processes
      1. Problem: What are the skills necessary in the Intercultural Communication process?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Culture and the Individual: Cultural Identity
        2. Cultural Values
        3. Language and Culture: Words and Meaning
        4. Nonverbal Communication
        5. Nonverbal Codes
        6. Cultural Space
        7. Action
        8. Time
        9. Silence
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    4. Unit Three - Competent Intercultural Communication
      1. Problem: How does one become a competent Intercultural Communicator?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Philosophy of Change
        2. Language is an Open System
        3. Defining Intercultural Competence
        4. Basic Components of Communication Competence
        5. Understanding Intercultural Transitions
        6. Potential Problems in Intercultural Communication
        7. Improving Intercultural Communication
        8. Folk Culture, Popular Culture, and Intercultural Communication
        9. Culture, Communication, and Intercultural Relationships
        10. Culture, Communication, and Conflict
        11. Ethical Considerations
        12. Guidelines for an Intercultural Ethic
        13. The Future of Intercultural Communication
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    5. Unit Four - Intercultural Communication Applications
      1. Problem: What are the various cultural influences on the different contexts?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Culture and Context
        2. Communication and Context
        3. Assessing the Context
        4. Evolving Business Context
          1. Multi‐National Business Context
          2. Domestic Business Context
        5. Culture and Education
          1. Cultural Diversity and Education
          2. Education in a Multi‐Cultural Society
          3. Language Diversity and Multi‐Cultural Education
          4. Multi‐Cultural Competency in the Classroom
        6. Culture, Healthcare, and Communication
          1. Health Belief Systems
          2. Cultural Diversity and the Causes of Illness
          3. Cultural Diversity in the Treatment of Illness
          4. Cultural Diversity in the Prevention of Illness
          5. Religion, Spirituality, and Healthcare
        7. Skill Practice Assessment
        8. Service Learning
        9. Performance

    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 2400 - Communication in Organizations

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Communication theory in practice within organizational systems. This course demonstrates how communication is the key to organizational excellence, strategic communication in the workplace, and application of communication theory to create leadership competency. This course is especially designed for Speech Communication Majors and Minors, but is available to other majors.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to determine the behavior of various organizations.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will explain the history of organizations.
    2. The student will define different theories of organizations.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to summarize the basic flow of communication in organizations.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will explain the implications of major organizational theories.
    2. The student will identify both verbal and nonverbal messages in organizations.
    3. The student will explain the importance of work values, globalization, diversity, and ethics.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to interpret the various formats of interaction in organizations.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will compare and contrast dyadic and group communication in organizations.
    2. The student will explain leadership and management communication.
    3. The student will evaluate problem solving models.
    4. The student will describe conflict processes and appraise which conflict process would be most appropriate for the context.
    5. The student will distinguish the various strategic organizational communication processes.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to suggest how an organization can change its communication when problems occur.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will be able to plan and diagnose a change.
    2. The student will be able to develop a communication audit.
    3. The student will be able to suggest organizational change.
    4. The student will employ suggestions for using

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Unit One - The Behavior of Organizations
      1. Problem(s): Why study organizational communication?
      2. Theory Base
        1. The History of Organizations
        2. Different Types of Organizations
        3. The Theory of Organizations
        4. Organization Climate and Culture
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
    2. Unit Two - The Process of Communication
      1. Problem(s): Why study the flow of communication in organizations?
      2. Theory Base
        1. The Process of Communication
        2. Implications of Major Organizational Theories
        3. Creating and Exchanging Verbal Messages in Organizations
        4. Creating and Exchanging Nonverbal Messages in Organizations
        5. Work Values, Globalization, Diversity, and Ethics
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
    3. Unit Three - Formats of Interaction of Organizational Communication
      1. Problem(s): How do organizations differ in interaction formats?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Dyadic Organizational Communication
        2. Groups in Organizations
        3. Leadership and Management Communication
        4. Communication Competencies, Barriers, and Problem Solving Models
        5. Defining and Describing Conflict Processes
        6. Negotiation, Mediation, Arbitration, and Facilitation
        7. Strategic Organizational Communication
    4. Unit Four - Organizational Communication Problems, Diagnosis and Change
      1. Problem(s): How does organizational communication change when it has problems?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Planning, Diagnosing, and Change
        2. Implementing an Diagnosis: Communication Audit
        3. Implementing Organizational Change
        4. Communicating Changed

    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 2550 - Argumentation Debate

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: SPCH 1060 

    (formerly SPCH 2500)

    This course instructs the student in the preparation of resolutions and the development of arguments, evaluation of reasoning including fallacies, and evidence applied to writing formal briefs. Students will use oral communication principles and practices to apply skill for participation in various forms of debate.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present skills based on the objectives of the National Communication Competency Speaking Criteria (NCA).

    Objectives:

    1. Provide appropriate oral/written ethical and cited supporting material.
    2. Use language and grammar appropriate to the topic, audience, occasion and context.
    3. Use pronunciation, articulation, and vocal variety in rate, pitch, and intensity to heighten and maintain interest.
    4. Use physical behaviors that support the verbal message.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate critical thinking.

    Objectives:

    1. Create classical structures of argument showing evidence of types of reasoning.
    2. Identify obstacles to clear thinking including fallacies.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to research policy resolutions.

    Objectives:

    1. Choose, narrow, and write a policy resolution for debate appropriately for the audience and the occasion.
    2. Use the resources of the library, expert interviews, and personal experience to obtain information to formulate into evidence cards to be used in structuring arguments.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare argumentative, affirmative and negative briefs on a selected policy topic.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate critical thinking analysis of the proposition through issues, contentions, arguments, evidence, and proofs applied to affirmative briefs including cases in logical outline style.
    2. Demonstrate critical thinking analysis of the proposition through issues, contentions, arguments, evidence, and proofs applied to negative briefs including cases in logical outline style.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    TEACHING MODEL: THEORY, SKILL PRACTICE, SKILL PERFORMANCE:

    Forming, Norming, Storming, Performing Model
    Formation of Cooperative Learning Groups

    1. Unit One - Philosophical Underpinnings
      1. Problem: How are argumentation, critical thinking, and debate used in various forms of decision making?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Definition of Debate
        2. Definition of Critical Thinking
        3. Critical Thinking in a Free Society
        4. Foundation of Debate
        5. Ethical Standards of Debate
        6. Applied and Academic Debate
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    2. Unit Two - Reasoning
      1. Problem: What are the foundations of argument?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Classical Tradition
        2. Classical Structures of Argument
        3. Formal Validity
        4. Types of Reasoning
        5. Obstacles to Clear Thinking
        6. Fallacies of Evidence
        7. Fallacies of Reasoning
        8. Fallacies of Language
        9. Fallacies of Pseudo Arguments
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    3. Unit Three - Ethics of Argumentation
      1. Problem: What does it mean to use ethical and cultural consideration in argumentation and debate?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Ethics
        2. Applied Ethics
        3. Culture
        4. Cultural Studies
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    4. Unit Four - Debate Proposition
      1. Problem: How does one create and analyze a debate proposition?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Define the controversy
        2. Phrase the Debate Proposition
        3. Types of Debate Propositions
        4. Presumption
        5. Burden of Proof
        6. Defining Terms
        7. Methods of Defining Terms
        8. Issues
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    5. Unit Five - Evidence and Proof
      1. Problem: What consists of good evidence and proof?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Definition of Evidence
        2. Definition of Proof
        3. Sources of Evidence
        4. Types of Evidence
        5. Test of Credible Evidence
        6. Tests of Audience Acceptability
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    6. Unit Six - Supporting Materials for Debate
      1. Problem: How does one explore the controversy and provide supporting material?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Review and Generate Ideas
        2. Research Process
        3. Reading with a Purpose
        4. Reading Critically
        5. Recording Materials ‐ Cards
        6. Organizing Materials ‐ Briefs
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    7. Unit Seven - Developing the Affirmative Case
      1. Problem: How does one argue for the proposition
      2. Theory Base
        1. Requirements of the Affirmative Case
        2. Proposition of the Affirmative Cases
        3. Proposition of Policy Affirmative Cases
        4. Plan Format - Planks of Affirmative Cases
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    8. Unit Eight - Developing the Negative Case
      1. Problem: How does one argue for the proposition
      2. Theory Base
        1. Requirements of the Negative Case
        2. Proposition of the Negative Cases
        3. Proposition of Policy Negative Cases
        4. Plan Format - Planks of Negative Cases
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    9. Unit Nine - Debate Styles
      1. Problem: How does one debate the different styles of debate?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Lincoln‐Douglas
        2. Cross‐Examination
        3. Political Campaign Debate
        4. Public Debating
        5. Parliamentary Procedure
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    10. Unit Ten - Refutation and Rebuttal
      1. Problem: How does one refute and rebut
      2. Theory Base
        1. Burden of Rebuttal
        2. Place of Refutation
        3. Preparing for Refutation
        4. Structure of Refutation
        5. Methods of Refutation
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    11. Unit Eleven - Communication Skills of Debate
      1. Problem:
      2. Theory Base
        1. Effective Listening
        2. Dealing with Public Speaking Anxiety
        3. Review of the Elements of Effective Public Speaking
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    12. Unit Twelve ‐ Evaluation
      1. Problem: Who won and how?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Evaluating the Debate
          1. Judges
          2. Philosophies
          3. Ballots
        2. Academic Debate Formats
          1. Town Hall Format
          2. Long Table Format
      3. Web Debates
      4. Skill Practice Assessment
      5. Performance

    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 2600 - Public Relations Communication

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: SPCH 1060 

    Communication practices and principles of public relations. Relate with various publics using surveys, media, writing, and creating events. Establish good relations with employees and community using tried methods. Principles of avoiding and responding to emergencies.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present skills based on the objectives of the Speech Communication Competency Speaker Criteria (NCA).

    Objectives:

    1. Relate the three standards against which public relations effectiveness is measured: ethical, social responsibility, and financial responsibility to determine the moral and immoral approaches to audiences and messages.
    2. Use language and grammar in writing that is appropriate to the topic, audience, occasion, and context.
    3. Use the Speech Communication Competency Speaker Criteria (NCA) for: pronunciation, articulation, and vocal variety in rate, pitch, and intensity to heighten and maintain interests as well as physical behaviors that support the verbal message (builds on the objectives from Speech 1060).

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to document their public relations research and methods.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of public relations in organizations indicating the trends that shape the growth and development of public relations as a management function and as a profession different from publicity, press agentry, promotion, advertising, marketing, and merchandising.
    2. Explain how public relations practitioners use research to define problems, develop plans to solve them, implement those plans and evaluate the results of their programs and campaigns.
    3. Develop the ability to discriminate among a variety of research methods and to determine which are most applicable to particular stage of the public relations process.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce research analysis, campaign plans, and evaluation procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Relate the three standards against which public relations effectiveness is measured: ethical, social responsibility, and financial responsibility to determine the moral and immoral approaches to audiences and messages.
    2. Use language and grammar in writing that is appropriate to the topic, audience, occasion, and context.
    3. Use the Speech Communication Competency Speaker Criteria (NCA) for: pronunciation, articulation, and vocal variety in rate, pitch, and intensity to heighten and maintain interests as well as physical behaviors that support the verbal message (builds on the objectives from Speech 1060).
    4. Describe the function of public relations in organizations indicating the trends that shape the growth and development of public relations as a management function and as a profession different from publicity, press agentry, promotion, advertising, marketing, and merchandising.
    5. Explain how public relations practitioners use research to define problems, develop plans to solve them, implement those plans and evaluate the results of their programs and campaigns.
    6. Identify the tasks involved in managing the public relations function: managing client relationships, overseeing creative staff, and establishing a schedule of fees for services rendered.
    7. Demonstrate the technical skill and knowledge of producing a variety of publicity materials including publications, print and video news releases, news conferences, media interviews, promotions, and special events.
    8. Demonstrate the technical skill and knowledge necessary to use a R‐A‐C‐E formula to create a public relations campaign.
    9. Develop a public relations flexible crisis plan prepared in advance.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present campaign programs demonstrating ability to perform public relations management functions.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of public relations in organizations indicating the trends that shape the growth and development of public relations as a management function and as a profession different from publicity, press agentry, promotion, advertising, marketing, and merchandising.
    2. Explain how public relations practitioners use research to define problems, develop plans to solve them, implement those plans and evaluate the results of their programs and campaigns.
    3. Identify the tasks involved in managing the public relations function: managing client relationships, overseeing creative staff, and establishing a schedule of fees for services rendered.
    4. Demonstrate the technical skill and knowledge of producing a variety of publicity materials including publications, print and video news releases, news conferences, media interviews, promotions, and special events.
    5. Demonstrate the technical skill and knowledge necessary to use a R‐A‐C‐E formula to create a public relations campaign.
    6. Develop a public relations flexible crisis plan prepared in advance.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    TEACHING MODEL: THEORY, SKILL PRACTICE, SKILL PERFORMANCE

    1. Assessments Theory of Group Work
      1. Forming, Norming, Storming, Performing Model
    2. Unit One - Public Relations: Role, History and Futuristic Concerns
      1. Problem: What is the role of public relations communication in the workplace?
      2. Theory Base
        1. The realities of Public Relations
        2. P.R.’s Origins and Evaluation
        3. P.R. Trends
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    3. Unit Two - Research for P.R.
      1. Problem: How does a practitioner…?
        1. Learn about publics and public opinions
        2. Research for a background to plan
        3. Research processes, procedures and techniques
      2. Theory Base
        1. Identify and describe publics
        2. Research media
        3. Determine issues
        4. Measure public opinion
        5. Research sources
        6. Using research for planning and monitoring
        7. Research processes, procedures and techniques
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    4. Unit Three - Theory, Ethics, and Laws Affecting P.R. Practice
      1. Problem(s): What do practitioners need to know to practice public relations?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Persuasion and communication theories
        2. P.R. ethics and responsibilities
        3. P.R. and the law
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    5. Unit Four - Public Relations in Action
      1. Problem: What is the work of a public relations practitioner?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Problem solving strategies
        2. Communication channels and media
        3. Tactics and techniques: Details that make P.R. Strategies work
        4. Campaigns
        5. Crisis Management
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Service Learning
      5. Performance
    6. Post Assessment

    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 2750 - Interpersonal Conflict & Negotiation

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (replaces but does not equate to SPCH 2700)

    Designed for individuals and professionals for everyday life experiences. The course material centers on: interpersonal conflict, analysis, negotiation, third party interaction, and the practice of forgiveness and reconciliation. Students participate in: conflict analysis, resolution strategies and tactics, as well as forgiveness and resolution exercises.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze interpersonal conflict by tracing the spiral of conflict.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and diagnose an expressed struggle
    2. Demonstrate the comprehension of the context of the conflict
    3. Define the spiral of conflict
    4. Differentiate between constructive and destructive conflict to help prevent destructive conflict

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain how conflict occurs and the role communication plays in its development, management, and resolution.

    Objectives:

    1. Categorize different types of goals in conflict
    2. Recognize the effect of power on conflict
    3. Generalize the place of culture in conflict
    4. Chart conflict assessment

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate enhanced interactive communication skills.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize various styles of conflict
    2. Utilize competitive approaches
    3. Utilize collaborative approaches

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the principles/concepts of conflict management to the broader context of organizational, cultural, and/or global levels.

    Objectives:

    1. Appraise alternative dispute resolutions in current events
    2. Judge third party intervention in current events: mediation, arbitration, facilitation
    3. Prepare a third-party intervention in mediation, arbitration, or facilitation for a conflict situation
    4. Provide insights into current events that impact the individual in today’s workplace

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze conflicts using the Comprehensive Guide.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate micro level analysis
    2. Demonstrate macro level analysis

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to distinguish the various approaches of interpersonal negotiation.

    Objectives:

    1. Analyze how negotiation is used in the culture of everyday life
    2. Demonstrate how to use competitive negotiation in proper context
    3. Demonstrate how to use integrative negotiation in proper context
    4. Demonstration how to use principled negotiation in proper context

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify emotions in conflict.

    Objectives:

    1. Measure the function of emotions in conflict situations
    2. Suggest the personal responsibility for emotional transformation in interpersonal conflict

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to practice forgiveness and reconciliation.

    Objectives:

    1. Articulate the value and limits of apology
    2. Communicate forgiveness directly
    3. Identify the spectrum of reconciliation

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Analyzing and identifying the nature of conflict
    2. Various perspectives on Conflict
    3. Various types of interpersonal conflict goals
    4. The use of power in conflict
    5. Conflict styles and communication strategies
    6. Analyzing conflicts
    7. Third-Party Interventions
    8. Interpersonal conflict negotiation
    9. Function of emotion in conflict
    10. Forgiveness and reconciliation

    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 2800 - Interpretative Performance Communication

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Interpretative reading of prose, poetry, and drama: single and multiple readings, chamber and reader’s theater, storytelling. Children’s literature, old masters, traditional and contemporary works read from manuscript to achieve interaction of the reader, listener, and material. Develops proficiency in oral reading per individual need (i.e., presentations, announcing, acting, etc.). Portfolio Development Projects included.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare ethical sources of garnered, appropriate literature for the purpose of analysis and performance of the literary text.

    Objectives:

    1. Identifies the types of literature suitable for reading aloud (prose, poetry, drama, declamations, short stories, children’s literature, essays, and novels).
    2. Demonstrates the skill of ethical responsibility by properly documenting literature to prevent plagiarism or confusion.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to document skills in analyzing the literary text to convey the meaning of the author, or original works.

    Objectives:

    1. Identifies the skills that are necessary to analyze a literary selection that includes the overall theme, purpose, focal point, point of view, structure, organization, and characterizations.
    2. Discover meanings and emotions through imagery, emphasis, pause, intensity, intonation, denotation, and connotation.
    3. Provides a detailed analysis of the literature to demonstrate an understanding of literature.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce/rehearse with sensitivity analyzed selections in character(s) for a planned performance program for specific audiences.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate how to plan a program for performance with the sender (performer), text (message) receiver (audience) in mind. Elements of time, variety capability, purpose, and overall value will be considered.
    2. Demonstrate how to use various reading formats: solo, duo, group, choral, reader’s theater, chamber theater, storytelling, and narration.
    3. Demonstrate ethical responsibility by enhancing cultural awareness and avoiding ethnocentrism.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present featured material to a selected audience.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform/direct an interpretive piece/program before an audience.
    2. Enhance the speaking voice by using vocal qualities such as volume, pitch, rate, tone, inflection, pronunciation, articulation, dialect, and vocal variety.
    3. Use the appropriate nonverbal skills (kinesics) for a competent delivery.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    TEACHING MODEL: THEORY, SKILL PRACTICE, SKILL PERFORMANCE

    Assessments Theory of Group Work
    Forming, Norming, Storming, Performing Model
    Formation of Cooperative Learning Groups

    Outline based on Multiple Sources

    1. Unit One - Basic Principles
      1. Problem(s): What are the basic principles an interpreter performer needs to know?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Historical
        2. Engaging an Audience
        3. Involves Literary Work
        4. Requires Analysis of the Selection
        5. Consideration of Structural Components
        6. Consideration of Aesthetic Components
        7. Requires Rehearsal
        8. Relaxation Technique
        9. Breath Control
        10. Volume and Projection
        11. Pitch and Quality
        12. Rate and Pause
        13. Dialect
        14. Technique
        15. Posture
        16. Gesture
        17. Imagery
        18. Eye Contact
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    2. Unit Two - Interpretation of Prose
      1. Problem(s): How does an interpreter present prose?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Style
        2. Types
        3. Narration
        4. Point of View
        5. Action and Plot
        6. Dialogue
        7. Creating Character
        8. Setting
        9. Cutting and Excerpting
        10. Analyzing and Rehearsing
        11. Performance
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    3. Unit Three - Interpretation of Drama
      1. Problem(s): How does an interpreter perform drama?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Difference between Acting and Interpretation
        2. Elements of a Play
        3. Analyzing the Scene
        4. Rhythm
        5. Style
        6. Scenography
        7. Properties
        8. Characters
        9. Coordinating Voice and Body
        10. Physical Contact
        11. Physical Focus
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    4. Unit Four - Interpretation of Poetry
      1. Problem(s): How does an interpreter present poetry?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Classification of Poetry
        2. Figurative Language
        3. Poetic Syntax
        4. Tone Color
        5. Titles
        6. Analysis and Poems
        7. Kinds of Verse
        8. Stanza
        9. Line
        10. Cadences
        11. Rhyme
        12. Intention and Performance
        13. Analyzing the Rehearsal/Performance
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance
    5. Unit Five - Group Performance of Literature
      1. Problem(s): How does one perform in group interpretation?
      2. Theory Base
        1. Readers Theatre
        2. Chamber Theatre
        3. Film Scripts
        4. Concrete Poetry
        5. Building and Presenting a Program
      3. Skill Practice Assessment
      4. Performance

    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SPCH 2850 - Speech Communication Capstone Course

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: Registered Speech Communication major with 35 hours in SPCH courses and consent of Program Advisor

    Taken during the last semester of the major or the certificate program, the course will assist the student in preparing the professional portfolio and will give the student information and assistance in developing a resume/interview. In addition, the course will give students assistance as they prepare to transfer. At the last session, the instructor will invite potential local employers.

    Billable Contact Hours: 1

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present a professional career plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Sequence a pattern.
    2. List alternatives.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present a professional portfolio.

    Objectives:

    1. Per his/her concentration, skill evidence of oral presentation skills.
    2. Per his/her concentration, skill evidence of writing skills.
    3. Per his/her concentration, skill evidence of critical/creative thinking.
    4. Per his/her concentration, skill evidence of media skill.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present a professional resumé.

    Objectives:

    1. Develop a professional resumé format.
    2. Enter personal data.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to interact in an effective interview.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate effective nonverbal skills.
    2. Demonstrate effective verbal skills.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Review of General Principle of Communication
    2. Review of Specialties
    3. Certification
    4. Assessment of Career Plans
    5. Assessment of Portfolios
    6. Assessment of Resumes
    7. Assessment of Interview Question/Answers
    8. Senior College Information
    9. Seeking Internships
    10. Seeking Part-time Employment
    11. Seeking Full-time Employment

    Primary Faculty
    McKenney, Janet
    Secondary Faculty
    Fox, Janice
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Steam

  
  • ATSS 1150 - Steam-Heat Fundamentals

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATAM 1150  or ATAM 1350 

    Basic physics concepts such as force, pressure, work, energy, matter, heat, temperature, transfer and effect of heat, expansion and contraction of solids and liquids, heat phenomena of gases, melting and freezing of substances, vaporization, and steam and other vapors.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to describe the three modes of heat transfer, conduction, connection and radiation.

    Objectives:

    1. Given final exam questions, the student will recognize to an accuracy of 70% the conduction type of heat transfer.
    2. Given final exam questions, the student will recognize to an accuracy of 70% the convection type of heat transfer.
    3. Given final exam questions, the student will recognize to an accuracy of 70% the radiation type of heat transfer.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to describe the three types of heat.

    Objectives:

    1. Given final exam questions, the student will recognize to an accuracy of 70% sensible heat.
    2. Given final exam questions, the student will recognize to an accuracy of 70% latent heat.
    3. Given final exam questions, the student will recognize to an accuracy of 70% specific heat.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to define the British Thermal Unit (BTU).

    Objectives:

    1. Given final exam questions, the student will, to an accuracy of 70%, recognize the definition of the BTU.
    2. Given final exam questions, the student will, to an accuracy of 70%, relate BTU with sensible heat.
    3. Given final exam questions, the student will, to an accuracy of 70%, relate BTU with latent heat.
    4. Given final exam questions, the student will, to an accuracy of 70%, relate BTU with specific heat.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to describe the effects of heat upon solids, liquids, and gases.

    Objectives:

    1. On final exam questions, the student will match the specific heat, to an accuracy of 70%, given a list of solid materials.
    2. On final exam questions, the student will match the specific heat, to an accuracy of 70%, given a list of liquids.
    3. On final exam questions, the student will match the specific heat, to an accuracy of 70%, given a list of gases.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Force, Work, Energy, and Power
    2. Matter, Heat, and Temperature
    3. Source of Heat
    4. Heat Measurement
    5. Transfer of Heat
    6. Effects of Heat
    7. Expansion of Solids and Liquids
    8. Heat Phenomena of Gases - Boyle’s Law
    9. Charles’ Law
    10. Guy Lussac’s Law
    11. Melng and Freezing
    12. Vaporizaon

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATSS 1160 - Steam-Steam Boilers (Low & High Pressure Operations)

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATSS 1150  or ATAM 1150  or consent of apprenticeship coordinator or related work experience

    Covers firetube, watertube, and package boilers, and their appurtenances. Includes boiler operation and safety in firing oil, gas, stokers and pulverized fuels. Explains requirements for good combustion and how to maintain them. Also includes maintenance and repair procedures on the boiler proper including tubes, fans, air preheater, superheater and economizers with stress on proper selection of materials and their location. Auxiliaries such as coal pulverizers and coal burners.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to describe the difference between fire tube boilers and water tube boilers.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a picture/drawing and/or final exam questions, the student will recognize a fire tube boiler, to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given a picture/drawing and/or final exam questions, the student will recognize a water tube boiler, to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to describe the difference between high pressure boilers and low pressure boilers.

    Objectives:

    1. Given final exam questions, the student will recognize a low‐pressure boiler, to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given final exam questions, the student will recognize a high‐pressure boiler, to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to identify the various boiler appurtenances.

    Objectives:

    1. Given final exam questions, the student will recognize the boiler safety valves, pressure gages, water gage set, low water and feed assemblies, and blow down valve, to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given a boiler drawing, the student will locate the boiler safety valves, pressure gages, water gage set, low water and feed assemblies, and blow down valve, to an accuracy of 100%.
    3. Given final exam questions, the student will describe the maintenance of the boiler safety valves, pressure gages, water gage set, low water and feed assemblies, and blow down valve, to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to pass the typical boiler operators test.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a set of sample test questions, the student will research and find the correct answers, to an accuracy of 100%.
    2. Given a set of sample test questions, the student will answer, without any aids, all questions, to an accuracy of 70%.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Introduction and Review of the Course Boiler Theory and Operation
    2. Boiler Construction and Design
    3. Steam Systems and Controls
    4. Water Supply Systems and Controls
    5. Water Treatment Systems and Controls
    6. Fuel Systems and Controls
    7. Dra├ and Flue Gas Systems
    8. Boiler Operations and Maintenance
    9. Field Trip to Boiler Room ‐ Boiler Layout and Piping
    10. High and Low Pressure Boiler Applications
    11. Piping Design and Installation
    12. Steam Piping Problems and Course Review

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Surgical Technology

  
  • SURG 1050 - Introduction to Surgical Technology

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: BIOL 2400  or BIOL 2730 ; and HHSC 1700  all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: SURG 1060  and SURG 1070  

    This course provides an introduction to the allied health profession of surgical technology. Students will learn about the history, professional associations related to, and the role and responsibilities of the surgical technologist. Additional topics include an introduction to the patient including the biopsychosocial needs of the patient, and death and dying. Ethical, moral and legal issues will be explored and examined. Students will learn about regulatory agencies, healthcare facilities, as well as departmental organization and management within the facilities. The physical environment of the operating room will be introduced, and students will learn about various emergency situations and all hazard preparation in the healthcare setting.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to list duties including the role and responsibilities of the surgical technologist.

    Objectives:

    1. Trace the historical development of surgery and surgical technology.
    2. Identify and interpret a job description for the surgical technologist.

    Outcome 2:
    Identify various employment and career opportunities for surgical technologists.

    Objectives:

    1. List employment opportunities for surgical technologists.
    2. Discuss the types of healthcare settings surgical technologists are usually employed.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to distinguish between various surgical team members and their responsibilities.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify members of the surgical team and their roles.
    2. Explain and define the OR team members.
    3. List the duties and responsibilities of the scrub surgical technologist.
    4. List the duties and responsibilities of the surgical technology in the assistant circulator role.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the basic physical, spiritual and cultural needs of the patient.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs.
    2. Distinguish and assess the physical, spiritual, and biopsychosocial needs of a patient.
    3. Distinguish and assess cultural and religious influences on the surgical patient.
    4. Describe the general needs associated with special populations of surgical patients.
    5. Evaluate attitudes, beliefs and classifications regarding death and dying.

    Outcome 5:
    Comprehend the physical environment of the operating room.

    Objectives:

    1. List and describe hazards to the patient in the operative environment.
    2. List the principles in design for the OR suite.
    3. Identify the role of the surgical technology in the protection of self, patients, and others from hazards in the operative environment.
    4. Demonstrate knowledge of environmental systems, controls and environmental safety.

    Outcome 6:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to distinguish various types of healthcare facilities, management and departmental organization.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify different types of health care facilities.
    2. Describe a typical healthcare facility organizational structure and management.
    3. Describe an organizational chart.
    4. Identify hospital departments and their relationship to surgical services.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to comprehend moral, ethical, risk management and legal issues.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss the principles of documentation in the health care environment.
    2. Define and interpret ethical, moral and legal responsibilities.
    3. Discuss professional standards of conduct.
    4. Define basic concepts of ethical and moral decision making and issues.
    5. Demonstrate an understanding of common legal terms used in the health care environment.
    6. Identify patient’s rights related to healthcare.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and employ strategies for successful and effective communication in the field of surgical technology.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and demonstrate principles of communication in the surgical setting.
    2. Identify the various methods of effective communication problem solving and conflict management and resolution.
    3. Define professional and personal attributes.
    4. Explain effective listening and interpersonal skills.
    5. Define environmental systems and controls and safety terms associated with the operating room.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify all hazards preparation and the role of various agencies and health care workers during national, manmade or combination disasters.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe communication strategies and procedures used during a disaster.
    2. Describe the role of triage procedures during various disasters.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Unit I. Orientation to Surgical Technology
    History of surgery
    Duties, roles and responsibilities of the surgical team members
    Professional and personal attributes for success
    Effective communication skills and teamwork
    Methods of communication, problem solving and conflict management
    Employability skills
    Healthcare facilities , organizational structure and management
    Professional regulatory agencies

    Unit II. The Surgical Patient/Ethical Moral, Risk Management and Legal Issues
    Legal, ethical and moral Issues
    Physical, spiritual, and biopsychosocial needs of the patient
    Rights of the health care consumer
    Special populations patients
    Elements of documentation in the health care setting

    Unit III. Physical Environment and Safety Standards
    Principles of operating room design
    Environmental systems and controls
    Environmental safety

    Unit IV. All - Hazards Preparation
    Disasters and public health emergencies
    Disasters planning
    Methods of communication
    Disaster support services
    Emergency operations planning


    Primary Faculty
    Ness, Elizabeth
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SURG 1055 - Introduction to Surgical Patient Care Techniques

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Surgical Technology Program; ENGL 1180  or ENGL 1210 BIOL 2400  or BIOL 2730 BIOL 2710 , HHSC 1700 , SURG 1050 , SURG 1060 , and SURG 1070  all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course); and proof of current AHA/BLS certification

    Corequisites: SURG 1200 SURG 1250 , and SURG 1265  

    (formerly SURG 1051)

    SURG 1055 introduces students to the environment of the operating room with an emphasis on patient safety and on the standards of care required for the surgical patient. This course includes pre-surgical testing and basic and special diagnostic and laboratory studies performed to determine patient diagnosis. Students will be introduced to special equipment used in the operating room. Additional topics include preoperative preparation of the patient, transport, transfer, positioning, catheterization, routine skin preparation, and draping. Types of surgical incisions, exposure, hemostasis, wound closure techniques, sutures, needles, stapling devices, tissue replacement materials, wound management, factors influencing wound healing, dressings, and drains will be identified.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    When Offered: Fall semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize various specialty equipment in the operating room.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate proper care, handling techniques, and safety precautions of special equipment utilized in OR practice.
    2. Describe the application of thermoregulatory devices.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to integrate the results of diagnostic studies in relationship to patient diagnosis.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss laboratory tests and diagnostic procedures used to establish patient diagnosis.
    2. Determine how diagnostic studies impact surgical intervention.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the mechanisms of wound healing.

    Objectives:

    1. Define the 4 classifications of wounds.
    2. Describe the characteristics of inflammation.
    3. Identify the phases of wound healing.
    4. Identify factors influencing wound healing.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe various wound closure techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe different types of surgical needles.
    2. Compare natural and synthetic absorbable suture materials.
    3. Explain various methods of surgical stapling.
    4. Outline proper suture selection.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to outline various incisions used to provide optimum exposure during surgical procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain basic surgical incisions.
    2. Describe principles of exposure.
    3. Identify criteria used to select items to optimize exposure.
    4. Identify tissue layers associated with each incision.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to compare and contrast different types of solutions and techniques for skin preparation for surgery. 

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the purpose and use of indwelling urinary catheterization in preparation for surgical procedures. 
    2. Demonstrate the urinary catheterization procedure.
    3. List different chemical agents used for skin preparation.
    4. Describe the steps for surgical skin preparation.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply proper techniques in patient positioning for various types of surgical procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the principles of transportation and transfer of the surgical patient.
    2. Apply the principles of surgical positioning.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    UNIT I. General Patient Care and Safety
    Pre-surgical testing, diagnostic and laboratory tests
    Preoperative preparation of the patient
    Patient transfer
    Urinary catheterization
    Patient positioning
    Prepping or the operative site

    UNIT II. Wound Management
    Incisions
    Wound healing
    Sutures
    Needles
    Stapling devices
    Care of specimens
    Wound drains
    Dressings
    Catheters
    Collection devices

    UNIT III. Specialty Equipment
    Lasers
    Microscopes
    Suction
    Principles of Electricity
    ESU
    Diagnostic procedures


    Primary Faculty
    Ness, Elizabeth
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SURG 1060 - Orientation to Central Processing Distribution Technician

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: BIOL 2400  or BIOL 2730 ; and HHSC 1700  all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: SURG 1050  and SURG 1070  

    This course introduces students to the central sterile processing department and role and responsibilities of the central processing distribution technician. Topics include infection control, decontamination, disinfection, assembly, inspection, and preparation and packaging of instruments and other items for sterilization. Students will also learn about the principles of sterile storage, distribution inventory control, and information technology.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the role of the Central Processing Distribution Technician (CPDT).

    Objectives:

    1. List the function, role and responsibilities of the central processing distribution technician.
    2. Participate in team player concepts.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify career opportunities for Central Processing Distribution Technicians (CPDT).

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss career opportunities Certified Registered Central Service Technicians (CRCST).
    2. Identify advantages of membership and certification through the International Association of Healthcare Central Service Material Management (IAHCSMM).

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss safety and legal aspects involved in the care of patients in the health care system.

    Objectives:

    1. Review basic policies and procedures of central service departments.
    2. Discuss the importance of the control of contamination and the environment.
    3. Identify elements of risk management.
    4. Discuss the importance of following directions.
    5. Discuss methods of handling infections wastes and potential hazardous sources.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to comprehend aseptic technique, theories and practices of the central service department.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize the prevalence of microorganisms and how they affect practices in the Central Services Department.
    2. Describe the purpose of the design and workflow of the central service department.
    3. Discuss aseptic technique and methods of sterilization.
    4. Discuss the biologic testing for various methods of sterilization.

    Outcome 5:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to review basic microbiology, human anatomy and physiology.

    Objectives:

    1. Review the basics of human anatomy and physiology.
    2. Define and discuss terms related to microbiology and infection control.

    Outcome 6:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate infection control, decontamination, and terminal sterilization.

    Objectives:

    1. Define and discuss terms related to microbiology and infection control.
    2. Discuss and evaluate methods of decontamination.
    3. List and discuss the process and methods of sterilization.
    4. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of various methods of sterilization
    5. Identify a procedure for cleaning, inspecting and replacing surgical instruments.

    Outcome 7:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to design a plan of action for preparation and packaging for sterilization.

    Objectives:

    1. Accurately perform instrument tray assembly.
    2. Identify common instrumentation.
    3. Discuss the purpose of internal and external indicators.
    4. Demonstrate wrapping techniques for sterilization.
    5. Identify various packaging materials.
    6. Discuss preparation and precautions for various methods of sterilization.
    7. Design a plan of action to sterilize instruments.

    Outcome 8:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze sterile storage, distribution and inventory control.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate proper technique in rotating, storing, handling and distribution and inventory control.

    Outcome 9:
    Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate knowledge of uses of computerized information technology systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss the value of computerized information systems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Unit I. Introduction to Central Service
    Career and employment opportunities
    International Association of Healthcare Central Service Material Management (IAHCSMM) membership and certification
    Protocol for environmental and safety hazards
    Documentation and risk management
    Components of effective communication

    Unit II. Human Anatomy and Physiology
    Anatomy and physiology relates to the work performed in the sterile processing department
    Anatomy, physiology, and function of the body systems

    Unit III. Microbiology and Infection Control
    Pathogenic microorganisms
    Characteristics, classifications and descriptions of bacteria
    Organisms causing the majority of hospital acquired infections
    Hand washing in controlling infections
    Modes of bacterial are transmission

    Unit IV. Decontamination
    Workflow in decontamination
    Personal protective equipment (PPE) and impervious attire
    Ultrasonic machines and washer decontaminator
    Standard precautions
    Disinfectants and antiseptics
    Cleaning and processing specialized instruments and equipment

    Unit V. Instrumentation
    Categories names and uses of surgical instruments
    Types of finishes and materials used to make instruments
    Parts of an instrument
    Instrument inspection and testing for malfunctions

    Unit VI. Preparation and Packaging for Sterilization
    Prepackaging inspection of instruments
    Preparation and packaging of instruments for sterilization
    Instrument tray count sheet
    Principles of packaging and w rapping techniques
    Integrity of sterile packaging
    Types of packaging materials

    Unit VII. Sterilization
    Principles, concepts and methods of sterilization
    Principles, concepts and methods of disinfection
    Methods of sterilization
    Handling of sterile supplies
    Lot control and traceability
    Care and maintenance of sterilizers

    Unit VIII. Sterile Storage
    Labeling, stock arrangement, rotation, and shelf life
    Sources of contamination of sterile supplies
    Discuss maintaining product sterility
    Handling and inspection of sterile sup plies

    Unit IX. Distribution
    Monitoring and measuring inventory control and performance

    Unit X. Information Technology
    Impact of computers and information systems on the management and operation of Material Management and Central Service
    Functions and capabilities of computers and information systems
    Analyze the uses of computerized information systems compared to manual systems and how they impact productivity, efficiency and overall management of operations


    Primary Faculty
    Ness, Elizabeth
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SURG 1070 - Central Processing Distribution Technician Clinical

    Credit Hours: 8.00


    Prerequisites: BIOL 2400  or BIOL 2730 ; and HHSC 1700  all with grade C or better

    Corequisites: SURG 1050  and SURG 1060  

    In the lab and clinical setting, SURG 1070 students are exposed to all areas of the central service department and actively participate as a member of the central service department. Students will perform cleaning, decontamination, processing (inspection, assembly, and packaging). Students will learn operation of sterilizer, and distribution of patient care supplies and equipment. This clinical meets three eight‑hour days per week. Students must provide their own transportation. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Billable Contact Hours: 11

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to comply with all departmental rules and regulations.

    Objectives:

    1. Comply with pertinent regulatory requirements, including OSHA guidelines.
    2. Discuss the importance of standardization.
    3. List the essential components of OSHA Blood-borne pathogen standards and their implications for the central service work environment.
    4. Discuss the guidelines for patient safety.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify key components of asepsis and perform duties with the highest quality of standards.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate proper handwashing techniques.
    2. Demonstrate the importance of following established decontamination procedures.
    3. Understand the types and uses of disinfectants and detergents and their application in the CSD.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to exhibit ethical behavior.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate awareness that all surgical patients have the right to the highest standards and practices in asepsis.
    2. Perform all duties with a strict surgical conscience.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to maintain confidentiality.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform duties maintaining confidentiality to protect the privacy of the patient; follow HIPPA guidelines and standards.

    Outcome 5:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to consider safety hazards to self, co-workers, and patients when performing duties.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the electrical inspection of patient care equipment performed in the CSD.
    2. Demonstrate the method of transport of soiled items to CSD to prevent cross-contamination.

    Outcome 6:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to maintain a strict conscience and understanding that the assigned tasks performed properly greatly impact direct patient care.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate awareness that all surgical patients have the right to the highest standards and practices in asepsis.

    Outcome 7:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to possess the employability skills for an entry-level central supply technician.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate manual cleaning and disinfection.
    2. Demonstrate the methods of inspection and cleaning different types of patient care items.
    3. Demonstrate how to check various types of instruments for malfunction.
    4. Demonstrate how to check instruments for sharpness.
    5. Demonstrate inspection steps for powered and endoscopic instruments.
    6. Perform tray assembly for surgical instrumentation.
    7. Perform basic preparation and packaging and wrapping techniques of items for sterilization.
    8. Follow proper packaging requirements for the various sterilization methods (steam EtO, Sterrad, low temperature gas plasma).
    9. Properly load, document, monitor and operate sterilizers.
    10. Perform biologic testing on sterilizers.
    11. Demonstrate the acceptable methods of handling sterilized items. Include rotation, inspection, transport, and checking for outdates.
    12. Describe types of distribution and inventory control systems.

    Outcome 8:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be successful in passing the International Association of Healthcare Central Service Material Management (IAHCSMM) national certification examination to earn the title Certified Registered Central Service Technician. (CRCST).

    Objectives:

    1. All course objectives.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Clinical course whose content (based on outcomes & objectives) varies with each individual site.
    Primary Faculty
    Ness, Elizabeth
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SURG 1200 - Surgical Clinical 1

    Credit Hours: 8.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Surgical Technology Program; ENGL 1180  or ENGL 1210 ; BIOL 2400  or BIOL 2730 ; BIOL 2710 , HHSC 1700 , SURG 1050 , SURG 1060 , and SURG 1070  all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course); and proof of current AHA/BLS certification

    Corequisites: SURG 1055 , SURG 1250 , and SURG 1265  

    In this supervised lab and clinical course, students will learn, practice, and perform essential skills required in the surgical setting. Students will demonstrate preoperative operating room preparation, scrubbing, gowning, gloving, set-up of the sterile field, and they will perform the functions of the surgical technologist in the sterile field using aseptic technique in the laboratory setting. Students perform in the role of the scrub and circulator on various surgical procedures. Upon successful completion of pre‑clinical competencies, students are assigned in the hospital setting three days a week to gain clinical experience and acquire course competencies. Students are responsible for their own health insurance and transportation. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Billable Contact Hours: 11

    When Offered: Fall semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to participate as a member of the surgical team.

    Objectives:

    1. Develop essential skills required of a surgical technologist.
    2. Perform the duties of the student scrub surgical technologist.
    3. Demonstrate professional obligations to the patient and surgical team members.
    4. Perform the duties of the assistant circulator.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to practice safe patient care.

    Objectives:

    1. Display key elements of a surgical conscience.
    2. Articulate OR policies, procedures, standards and guidelines.
    3. Apply safety measures.
    4. Perform surgical TIME OUT.
    5. Perform surgical counts.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to practice safety techniques in protecting self and other team members.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain when to seek help.
    2. Accept responsibility for personal actions.
    3. Apply proper techniques in handling sharps.
    4. Evaluate accountability for ones actions and to others.
    5. Model proper ways to pass various specialty instruments to the surgeon.

    Outcome 4:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to maintain aseptic technique.

    Objectives:

    1. Place supplies in OR
    2. Open sterile supplies.
    3. Demonstrate hand wash, scrub, gowning and gloving.
    4. Perform set up of the sterile field.
    5. Monitor the sterile field.

    Outcome 5:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare the OR for the needs of various surgical procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Assemble or check case cart
    2. Gather items for the procedure.
    3. Place supplies in OR
    4. Open sterile supplies.
    5. Desribe how various supplies and equipment are used during the surgical procedure.
    6. Discuss testing, placement and types and preparation of special equipment.
    7. Perform set up of the sterile field.
    8. Maintain aseptic technique.

    Outcome 6:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to anticipate the surgeon’s needs before, during, and after surgery.

    Objectives:

    1. Check surgeon’s preference card.
    2. Verify supplies and equipment needed for the surgical procedure.

    Outcome 7:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a surgeon’s preference card.

    Objectives:

    1. Maintain log cards of surgical procedures performed.
    2. Describe the key elements of a surgeon’s preference card.

    Outcome 8:
    Upon completion of this course students will be able to conform to OR standards, policies, procedures and guidelines.

    Objectives:

    1. Interpret OR records, documentation and other forms.
    2. State the purpose of good documentation.

    Outcome 9:
    Upon completion of this course students will be able to outline the principles of tissue exposure and wound management.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify criteria used to select items to provide tissue exposure.
    2. Describe use of sutures and needles for procedures.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Complete course contents distributed in instructor’s first day handouts.
    Clinical content (based on outcomes & objectives) varies with each individual site.
    Specification of Clinical Case Requirements included in instructor’s first day lesson plan handout.
    Primary Faculty
    Ness, Elizabeth
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SURG 1250 - Surgical Specialties 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Surgical Technology Program; ENGL 1180  or ENGL 1210 ; BIOL 2400  or BIOL 2730 ; BIOL 2710 , HHSC 1700 , SURG 1050 , SURG 1060 , and SURG 1070  all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course); and proof of current AHA/BLS certification

    Corequisites: SURG 1055 , SURG 1200 , and SURG 1265  

    This course is designed to focus on the perioperative care of surgical patients during endoscopic, general, robotic, obstetric and gynecologic, genitourinary, ophthalmic, otorhinolaryngology, oral, maxillofacial, plastic, and reconstructive procedures. Students will become familiar with the diagnostic exams, pathophysiology, procedural considerations, operative procedures and the instrumentation, supplies, and equipment for these specialties.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    When Offered: Fall semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to outline structures including functions of the regional anatomy for each surgical specialty presented in class.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss anatomy and physiology of the abdominal wall, digestive system, hepatic and biliary system, pancreas, spleen, thyroid, and breast.
    2. Discuss anatomy and physiology of the female reproductive system.
    3. Identify anatomy and physiology of the genitourinary and male reproductive system.
    4. Identify anatomy and physiology of the integumentary system.
    5. Describe the anatomy and physiology of the eye.
    6. Discuss anatomy and physiology of the face and oral cavity.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to distinguish among pathophysiology, diseases, and disorders related to each system or organ that prompts surgical intervention.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss pre-operative diagnostic procedures or tests used to determine diagnosis for general surgery and endoscopic procedures.
    2. Discuss special preoperative diagnostic procedures or tests relevant to obstetrics and gynecologic surgery.
    3. Discuss special preoperative diagnostic procedures or tests specific to genitourinary surgery.
    4. Discuss special preoperative diagnostic procedures or tests relevant to ophthalmic surgery.
    5. Identify special preoperative diagnostic procedures or tests used for otorhinolaryngologic procedures.
    6. Identify special preoperative diagnostic procedures or tests used for plastic or reconstructive surgical procedures.
    7. Discuss special preoperative diagnostic procedures or tests relevant to oral and maxillofacial surgery.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to outline the highlights and schemes of common surgical procedures.

    Objectives: 

    1. Describe the scheme, set-up, and sequence of endoscopic, robotic, and general surgery procedures.
    2. Describe the scheme, set-up, and sequence of obstetric and gynecological procedures.
    3. Identify the scheme, set-up, and sequence of genitourinary procedures.
    4. Discuss the scheme, set-up, and sequence of ophthalmic surgical procedures.
    5. Describe the scheme, set-up, and sequence of otorhinolaryngologic surgical procedures.
    6. Identify the scheme, set-up, and sequence of oral and maxillofacial surgical procedures.
    7. Identify the scheme, set-up, and sequence of plastic and reconstructive procedures.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate the perioperative (preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative) care, prognosis, outcomes, and possible complications of the patient for these specialty surgical interventions.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss immediate postoperative care including possible complications for endoscopic, robotic, and general surgery procedures.
    2. Discuss the purpose and expected outcomes of endoscopic, robotic, and general surgery procedures.
    3. Discuss the intraoperative preparation of the patient undergoing endoscopic, robotic and general surgery procedures.
    4. Discuss immediate postoperative care including possible complications of obstetric and gynecological procedures.
    5. Discuss the purpose and expected outcomes of obstetric and gynecological surgery procedures.
    6. Discuss the intraoperative preparation of the patient undergoing an obstetric and gynecological procedures.
    7. Discuss immediate postoperative care including possible complications for ophthalmic procedures.
    8. Discuss the purpose and expected outcomes of ophthalmic procedures.
    9. Discuss the intraoperative preparation of the patient undergoing ophthalmic procedures.
    10. Discuss immediate postoperative care and possible complications of oral and maxillofacial procedures.
    11. Discuss the purpose and expected outcomes of oral and maxillofacial procedures.
    12. Discuss the intraoperative preparation of the patient undergoing oral and maxillofacial procedures.
    13. Discuss immediate postoperative care including possible complications of plastic and reconstructive procedures.
    14. Discuss the purpose and expected outcomes of plastic and reconstructive surgical procedures.
    15. Discuss the intraoperative preparation of the patient undergoing oral and maxillofacial procedures.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to determine appropriate selection, preparation, and care of specialty surgical instruments, supplies, and equipment required for surgical procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the names and uses of general surgery instruments, supplies, and equipment.
    2. Identify the names and uses of obstetric and gynecological instruments, supplies, and equipment.
    3. Identify the names and uses of genitourinary instruments, supplies, and equipment.
    4. Identify the names and uses of ophthalmic instruments, supplies, and equipment.
    5. Identify the names and uses of otorhinolaryngology instruments, supplies, and equipment.
    6. Identify the names and uses of oral and maxillofacial instruments, supplies, and equipment.
    7. Identify the names and uses of plastic and reconstructive surgery instruments, supplies, equipment, and medications.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    UNIT I
    Incisions
    Endoscopic Surgery
    Robotic Surgery
    General Surgery

    UNIT II Obstetrics and Gynecologic Surgery

    UNIT III Genitourinary Surgery

    UNIT IV Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery

    UNIT V Ophthalmic Surgery

    UNIT VI Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

    UNIT VII Otorhinolaryngolic (ENT) Surgery


    Primary Faculty
    Ness, Elizabeth
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SURG 1265 - Surgical Pharmacology

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Surgical Technology Program; ENGL 1180  or ENGL 1210 ; BIOL 2400  or BIOL 2730 ; BIOL 2710 , HHSC 1700 , SURG 1050 , SURG 1060 , and SURG 1070  all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course); and proof of current AHA/BLS certification

    Corequisites: SURG 1055 , SURG 1200 , and SURG 1250  

    (formerly SURG 1260)

    This course introduces students to medications used in the operating room. An emphasis is placed on classification, administration, forms, methods, interactions, and desired effects of perioperative medications. This course also describes the surgical technologist’s legal responsibilities.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    When Offered: Fall semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate basic mathematic calculations used in the operating room.

    Objectives:

    1. Define terminology, abbreviations, and symbols used in basic mathematics and measurement systems.
    2. Use fractions in conversions and calculations
    3. Convert between fractions and decimals

    Outcome 2:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to outline the abbreviations used for units of measure in basic pharmacology.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize the abbreviations for the various drugs.
    2. Recognize the abbreviations for units of measure in basic pharmacology.
    3. Read and write roman numerals accurately.
    4. Explain the meaning of percentages.
    5. Explain ratios and proportions.
    6. Summarize different measurement systems with a focus on their uses.

    Outcome 3:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to examine various accomplishments in pharmacological history.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the history of pharmacology.
    2. List advances made by key historical figures.

    Outcome 4:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss the different agency roles in drug regulation.

    Objectives:

    1. Compare federal roles in regulating drugs.
    2. Compare state roles in regulating drugs.

    Outcome 5:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to assess the role of the surgical technologist in drug administration, including legal responsibilities associated with administration.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the role of the surgical technologist in medication administration.
    2. Explain the five “rights” of medication administration.
    3. Outline the steps of medication administration.
    4. Discuss aseptic techniques for delivery of medications to the sterile field.
    5. List methods for labeling drugs on the sterile back table.

    Outcome 6:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to categorize how various forms of medications are administered in the operating room.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss the drug administration routes used in surgery.
    2. Identify supplies used in medication administration in surgery.

    Outcome 7:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to classify perioperative medications.

    Objectives:

    1. List drug classification categories.
    2. Identify subcategories in each drug classification
    3. Outline classifications of preoperative medications.

    Outcome 8:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate types of intraoperative anesthesia care.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe major types of anesthesia and list applications for each type.
    2. Recognize common agents used in local and regional anesthesia.
    3. Compare and contrast local anesthesia and monitored anesthesia care.
    4. Describe regional blocks and give examples of each.
    5. List the four basic components of a general anesthetic.
    6. Identify agents used for induction of general anesthesia.
    7. Compare and contrast depolarizing and nondepolarizing muscle relaxants.

    Outcome 9:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to assess indications for blood and fluid replacement in surgery.

    Objectives:

    1. State indications for blood replacement in the surgical patient.
    2. Describe the process of intraoperative autotransfusion.
    3. List blood substitutes in surgery.
    4. List common IV fluids and their purposes in surgery.
    5. Identify fluid electrolytes crucial to hemostasis based on their function.
    6. State objectives of parenteral fluid therapy in surgery.

    Outcome 10:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to assess symptoms of toxicity or overdose of perioperative medications.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify complications associated with medications.
    2. Describe symptoms of toxicity caused by medication.
    3. Define different types of side effects.
    4. Distinguish between adverse effects and idiosyncratic effects.

    Outcome 11:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to determine potential complications associated with anesthesia.

    Objectives:

    1. Define terminology related to anesthesia complications.
    2. List potential complications associated with anesthesia.
    3. Discuss the role of the surgical technologist during a malignant hyperthermia crisis.

    Outcome 12:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to articulate postoperative care (PACU) of the surgical patient.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the types of monitoring the patient receives in the PACU postoperatively.
    2. Describe the monitoring equipment in PACU.
    3. Discuss elements of discharge planning of the patient.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Complete course contents distributed in instructor’s first day handouts.
    UNIT I Basic Pharmacology

    UNIT II Medication Development Regulation and Resources

    UNIT III Pharmacology Math

    UNIT IV Mediation Administration

    UNIT V Antibiotics

    UNIT VI Diagnostic Agents

    UNIT VII Diuretics

    UNIT VIII Hormones

    UNIT IX Medications That Affect Coagulation

    UNIT X Ophthalmic Agents

    UNIT XI Fluids and Irrigation Solutions

    UNIT XII Antineoplastic and Chemotherapy Agents

    UNIT XIII Preoperative Medications

    UNIT XIV Patient Monitoring and Local and Regional Anesthesia

    UNIT XV General Anesthesia

    UNIT XVI Emergency Situation


    Primary Faculty
    Ness, Elizabeth
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SURG 1300 - Surgical Clinical 2

    Credit Hours: 8.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Surgical Technology Program; SURG 1055 , SURG 1200 , SURG 1250 , and SURG 1265  all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: SURG 1350  and SURG 1360  

    This course further develops clinical skills of students in the perioperative environment. Students continue to increase intraoperative skills anticipating the surgeon’s needs during surgery. Students perfect their role as first scrub person, second scrub, and assistant to the circulating person on various surgical procedures as students prepare for employment. This clinical meets three eight‑hour days per week. Students are responsible for their own transportation. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis. Students are required to pass this course to progress in the program.

    Billable Contact Hours: 11

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, each student will be able to participate as a member of the surgical team.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply essential skills required of a surgical technologist.
    2. Perform the duties of the student scrub surgical technologist.
    3. Demonstrate professional obligations to the patient and surgical team members.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, each student will be able to apply safe patient care.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate key elements of a surgical conscience.
    2. Practice OR policies, procedures, standards, and guidelines.
    3. Conduct safety measures.
    4. Perform surgical TIME OUT.
    5. Perform surgical counts.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, each student will be able to apply safety techniques in protecting self and other team members.

    Objectives:

    1. Assess when to seek help.
    2. Accept responsibility for personal actions.
    3. Employ proper techniques in handling sharps.
    4. Develop accountability for ones actions and to others.
    5. Apply proper ways to pass various specialty instruments to the surgeon.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, each student will be able to maintain aseptic technique.

    Objectives:

    1. Place supplies in OR.
    2. Open sterile supplies.
    3. Scrub, gown, and glove.
    4. Perform set up of the sterile field.
    5. Monitor the sterile field.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, each student will be able to prepare the OR for trhe needs of various surgical procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Assemble or check case cart.
    2. Gather items for the procedure.
    3. Place supplies in OR.
    4. Open sterile supplies.
    5. Outline how various supplies and equipment are used during the surgical procedure.
    6. Discuss testing, placement and types and preparation of special equipment.
    7. Perform set up of the sterile field.
    8. Maintain aseptic technique.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, each student will be able to anticipate the surgeon’s needs before, during, and after surgery.

    Objectives:

    1. Verify surgeon’s preference card.
    2. Confirm supplies and equipment needed for the surgical procedure.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course students will be able to create a surgeon’s preference card.

    Objectives:

    1. Maintain log cards of surgical procedures performed.
    2. Evaluate the key elements of a surgeon’s preference card.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course students will be able to conform to OR standards, policies, procedures and guidelines.

    Objectives:

    1. Analyze OR records, documentation, and other forms.
    2. Explain the purpose of good documentation.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze the principles of tissue exposure and wound management.

    Objectives:

    1. Outline criteria used to select items to provide tissue exposure.
    2. Evaluate use of sutures and needles for procedures.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Complete course contents distributed in instructor’s first day handouts.
    Clinical course whose content (based on outcomes & objectives) varies with each individual site.
    Specification of Clinical Case Requirements included in instructor’s first day lesson plan handout.
    Primary Faculty
    Ness, Elizabeth
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SURG 1350 - Surgical Specialties 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Surgical Technology Program; SURG 1055 , SURG 1200 , SURG 1250 , and SURG 1265  all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: SURG 1300  and SURG 1360  

    This course is a continuation of surgical specialties and is designed to focus on the perioperative care of surgical patients during orthopedic, peripheral vascular, neurosurgery, pediatric, geriatric, and emergency trauma surgery. Students will become familiar with the diagnostic exams, pathophysiology, procedural considerations, operative procedures, and instrumentation supplies, and equipment for these specialties.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to outline structures including functions of the regional anatomy for each surgical specialty present in class.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss anatomy and physiology of the skeletal system and connective tissues.
    2. Identify key anatomical features of the peripheral vascular system.
    3. Identify key anatomical features of the respiratory structures in the thoracic cavity.
    4. Identify key anatomical structures of the heart and great vessels.
    5. Identify key anatomical features of the nervous system.
    6. Identify key physiological and anatomical features in pediatric surgery.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course students will be able to connect the pathophysiology, diseases, disorders, diagnostic procedures and tests related to each system or organ that prompts surgical intervention.

    Objectives:

    1. Define terminology, associated diseases, disorders, diagnostic procedures, and exams related to the connective tissues and skeletal system.
    2. Define terminology, associated diseases, disorders, diagnostic procedures, and tests of the heart and great vessels.
    3. Identify terminology, associated diseases, disorders, diagnostic procedures, and tests of the pulmonary system.
    4. Define terminology, associated diseases, disorders, diagnostic procedures, and exams of the nervous system.
    5. Define terminology, associated diseases, or congenital disorders associated with pediatric surgery.
    6. List pathophysiology related to trauma surgery.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to outline the highlights and schemes of common surgical procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the scheme, set-up, and sequence of orthopedic surgical procedures.
    2. Describe the scheme, set-up, and sequence of peripheral vascular procedures.
    3. Describe the scheme, set-up, and sequence of cardiac procedures.
    4. Describe the scheme, set-up, and sequence of thoracic and pulmonary procedures.
    5. Describe the scheme, set-up,and sequence of neurosurgical procedures.
    6. Describe the scheme, set-up, and sequence of pediatric procedures.
    7. Describe the scheme, set-up, and sequence of common emergency and trauma surgery.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate the perioperative (preoperative, intraoperative and postoperative) care, prognosis, outcomes, and possible complications of the patient for specialty surgical interventions.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss immediate postoperative care including possible complications for orthopedic surgery.
    2. Discuss the purpose and expected outcomes of orthopedic surgical procedures.
    3. Discuss the intraoperative preparation of the patient undergoing orthopedic surgery
    4. Discuss immediate postoperative care including possible complications for peripheral vascular surgical procedures.
    5. Discuss the purpose and expected outcomes of peripheral vascular surgical procedures.
    6. Discuss the intraoperative preparation of the patient undergoing peripheral vascular surgery.
    7. Discuss immediate postoperative care including possible complications for cardiac surgery.
    8. Discuss the purpose and expected outcomes of cardiac surgical procedures.
    9. Discuss the intraoperative preparation of the patient undergoing cardiac surgery.
    10. Discuss immediate postoperative care including possible complications for thoracic and pulmonary surgery
    11. Discuss the purpose and expected outcomes of thoracic and pulmonary surgical procedures
    12. Discuss the intraoperative preparation of the patient undergoing thoracic and pulmonary surgery.
    13. Discuss immediate postoperative care including possible complications for neurosurgery.
    14. Discuss the purpose and expected outcomes of neurosurgical procedures.
    15. Discuss the intraoperative preparation of the patient undergoing neurosurgery.
    16. Discuss immediate postoperative care including possible complications for pediatric surgery.
    17. Discuss the purpose and expected outcomes of pediatric surgical procedures.
    18. Discuss the intraoperative preparation of the patient undergoing pediatric surgery .
    19. Discuss immediate postoperative care including possible complications for emergency and trauma surgery.
    20. Discuss the purpose and expected outcomes of emergency and trauma surgical procedures.
    21. Discuss the intraoperative preparation of the patient undergoing emergency and trauma surgery.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to assess appropriate selection, preparation, and care of specialty surgical instruments, supplies, and equipment for surgical procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the names and uses of orthopedic instruments, supplies, and equipment.
    2. Identify the names and uses of peripheral vascular instruments, supplies, and equipment.
    3. Identify the names and uses of cardiothoracic instruments, supplies, and equipment.
    4. Identify the names and uses of neurosurgery instruments, supplies, and equipment.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    UNIT I. Orthopedic Surgery

    UNIT II. Peripheral Vascular Surgery

    UNIT III. Thoracic and Pulmonary Surgery

    UNIT IV. Cardiac Surgery

    UNIT V. Neurosurgery

    UNIT VI. Pediatric Surgery

    UNIT VII. Emergency and Trauma Surgery


    Primary Faculty
    Ness, Elizabeth
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • SURG 1360 - Surgical Seminar

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Surgical Technology Program; SURG 1055 , SURG 1200 , SURG 1250 , and SURG 1265  all with grade C or better, or grade Pass (if the course is a Pass/Fail course)

    Corequisites: SURG 1300  and SURG 1350  

    This course includes preparation of the students for professional employment. Students will successfully complete a resume and develop skills in interviewing techniques. Students will further develop test‑taking skills to prepare to take the National Certification Examination utilizing techniques and exercises and practice in successful writing of a standardized exam.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop a plan of action to seek employment as a surgical technologist.

    Objectives:

    1. Locate surgical technology positions.
    2. Identify steps to obtain employment.
    3. Discuss current employment trends.
    4. Outline possible career opportunities.
    5. Demonstrate competencies of a surgical technologist.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to improve comprehension.

    Objectives:

    1. Practice methods for improving reading. 
    2. Practice studying skills for exam writing.
    3. Develop strategies for successful exam writing.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to improve writing examinations.

    Objectives:

    1. Practice reading skills.
    2. Practice studying skills for exam writing.
    3. Develop strategies for successful exam writing.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to list professional organizations related to surgical technology.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify advantages of AST membership.
    2. Identify accrediting agencies.
    3. Identify ways to obtain continuing education credits.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to outline factors that influence job retention.

    Objectives:

    1. List employability qualities.
    2. Explain the purpose of continuing education.
    3. Explain the purpose of certification.
    4. Discuss personal and professional relations.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply professional employment skills.

    Objectives:

    1. List employability qualities.
    2. Develop a professional resume, cover letter, thank you letter, acceptance letter, and letter declining a position.
    3. Develop interviewing techniques appropriate to employment opportunities.
    4. Discuss and role-play interview strategies.
    5. Recognize traits of a good listener.
    6. Use good eye contact when interviewed by a panel (two or more participants).
    7. Choose proper attire for the interview process.
    8. Recognize proper body language.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    UNIT I. Successful resume and job-seeking skills

    • Career opportunities
    • Steps to obtain employment

    UNIT II. Role-play interview strategies
    UNIT III. Strategies for successful exam writing


    Primary Faculty
    Ness, Elizabeth
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Technical Math

  
  • TMTH 1150 - RCL Analysis

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Basic algebra, formula transposition, scientific notation (powers of 10), trigonometry, special products and factoring. Application of algebra and formulas to solving network simplification. Simultaneous equations. Resistive D.C. circuits and reactive A.C. circuits (inductive and captive), calculations to support ELEC 1141, ELEC 1161, and ELEC 1171.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to solve and manipulate basic algebraic equations.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to solve problems utilizing scientific and engineering notation.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to understand and apply the basic rules of right angle trigonometry.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to perform calculations involving logarithms.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to apply the rules of algebra in solving formulas related to electronics.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this course, the student will:

    1. With the use of a calculator, determine mathematical solutions and equivalencies in both scientific and engineering notation to accuracy within 5%.
    2. Given a table of conversion factors, perform conversions within and between SI and English units to accuracy within 5%.
    3. Given numerical substitutions for literal values, evaluate algebraic expressions to accuracy within 5%.
    4. Given various algebraic expressions, apply the laws of mathematics in solving for any literal value within the expression to an accuracy of 100%.
    5. Given the unique relationship between two interrelated variables, develop and graph a first order linear equation within an accuracy of 5%.
    6. Given a right triangle with two known elements and using the laws of trigonometry, solve for any remaining right triangle element within an accuracy of 5%.
    7. Given a set of either polar or rectangular coordinates, convert between polar and rectangular notation in representing vector and phasor quantities within an accuracy of 5%.
    8. Given a sinusoidal waveform, interrelate effective, average, peak, and peak-to-peak voltages within an accuracy of 5%.
    9. Given electronics equations which utilize log ten, solve for any equation variable within an accuracy of 5%.
    10. Given electronics equations which utilize natural log, solve for any equation variable within an accuracy of 5%.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Powers of 10
      1. Significant digits and proper rounding
      2. Mathematical operations utilizing scientific notation
      3. Mathematical operations utilizing engineering notation
      4. The power of a power, product, or fraction
      5. The root of a power
    2. Units and Dimension
      1. Converting values within and between the metric and English system
      2. Using conversion factors to convert from one dimension to another
      3. Illustrations of how units can be made to cancel out
    3. Algebra
      1. General numbers
        1. Understanding the signs and order of operation
        2. Evaluating algebraic expressions
        3. Understanding the relationship between factors and coefficients
        4. Utilizing primes and subscripts
        5. Understanding exponents and radicals
        6. Recognize terms within an algebraic expression
      2. Addition and subtraction
        1. Understanding the practical and mathematical need for negative numbers
        2. Understanding absolute values
        3. Adding and subtracting negative and positive numbers
        4. Adding and subtracting like terms
        5. Adding and subtracting polynomials
        6. Removing signs of grouping
      3. Multiplication and division
        1. Multiplying and dividing positive and negative numbers
        2. Understanding the law of exponents in multiplication and division
        3. Multiplying and dividing monomials and polynomials
        4. Understanding zero and negative exponents
      4. Equations
        1. Solving equations
        2. Canceling terms in an equation
        3. Changing signs of an equation
        4. Checking solutions
        5. Solving literal equations and formulas
        6. Understanding the meaning of ratio and proportion
    4. Graphs
      1. Locating points on a graph
      2. Solving problems by means of a graph
      3. Understanding coordinate notation
      4. Understanding graph - equation relationships
      5. Graphing a linear equation
      6. Deriving an equation from a graph
    5. Angles
      1. Understanding the generation of angles
      2. Understanding the sexagesimal system
      3. Understanding the circular or natural system
      4. Identifying similar triangles
      5. Identifying right triangles
    6. Trigonometry
      1. Trigonometric functions
        1. Understanding the relationship of trigonometric functions as ratios
        2. Relating the functions of complementary angles
        3. Reconstructing an angle when one function is given
        4. Determining the function of any angle
        5. Determining the signs of functions for any quadrant
        6. Understanding the functions of zero degrees
        7. Understanding the limitations and ranges of functions
        8. Interpreting graphical representations of functions
      2. Trigonometric values
        1. Finding the desired function given the angle
        2. Utilizing inverse trigonometric functions
        3. Finding the angle related to a trigonometric function
        4. Determining the functions of angles greater than 90 degrees
        5. Reducing the function of any angle to the function of an acute angle
        6. Determining angles corresponding to inverse functions
      3. Solution of right triangles
        1. Understanding the procedure for solving right triangles
        2. Given any two elements of a right triangle, solving for the remaining elements
        3. Solving for the area of a right triangle
    7. Elementary Plane Vectors
      1. Understanding the difference between vectors and phasors
      2. Understanding the components of vectors and phasors
      3. Finding the sum of vectors and phasors
      4. Determining the rectangular coordinates of a phasor
      5. Determining the polar coordinates of a phasor
      6. Converting between polar and rectangular coordinates
    8. Alternating Current
      1. Understanding how alternating current waveform is mechanically generated
      2. Understanding the relationship between A.C. generation and rotating vectors
      3. Determining the output of a generator given the mechanical configuration
      4. Interrelating between average, effective, peak and peak-to-peak voltages
      5. Understanding phase relationships
    9. Logarithms
      1. Evaluating the logarithm of products, quotients, powers and roots
      2. Understanding interrelationships of the common system of logarithms (log 10)
      3. Understanding the interrelationships of the natural log system
      4. Evaluating common electronic formulas, which utilize logarithms

    Primary Faculty
    Seger, Jennifer
    Secondary Faculty
    Mielke, Mike
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Veterinary Technician

  
  • VETT 1020 - Applied Anatomy & Physiology-Lecture

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program

    VETT 1020 instructs veterinary technician students in the anatomy and physiology of common structures of small and large animals. Students apply appropriate medical terminology to describe anatomical structures and their corresponding physiology relative to the animal’s position and compare and contrast the structural and functional differences among various species. The course also covers purebred cat breeds and abnormal behavior disorders in dogs and cats and provides a strong foundation for further study of veterinary technical skills.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to understand appropriate veterinary medical terminology as it relates to the anatomy and physiology of animals.

    Objectives:

    1. List each of the positioning terms as they relate to all species.
    2. Identify anatomical structures with the proper positioning terms.
    3. Describe anatomical structures with the proper positioning terms.
    4. Describe specific conditions with appropriate and proper medical terminology.
    5. Utilize proper medical terminology in all classroom discussions.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to understand the anatomy and physiology of the dog and cat.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify each of the major organ systems of the dog and cat.
    2. Describe the purpose of each of the major organ systems of the dog and cat.
    3. Identify actual anatomical structures of the dog and cat.
    4. List the differences in the anatomical structures of the dog and cat.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to compare the functions of the structures of all major organ systems in the body of the dog and cat.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the differences in the function of the structures of all major organ systems in the body of the dog and cat.
    2. Describe the function of each of the structures of all major organ systems in the body of the dog and cat.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply knowledge of common healthy and diseased structures of the various organ systems in the dog and cat.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify anatomical or structural abnormalities in the deceased or living dog and cat.
    2. Identify functional abnormality as it pertains to the major organ systems in the dog and cat.
    3. Describe anatomical abnormalities with appropriate terminology in the deceased or living dog and cat.
    4. Describe functional abnormality with appropriate terminology as it pertains to the major organ systems of the dog and cat.

    Outcome E: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply knowledge of purebred cat breeds and common abnormal behaviors seen in dogs and cats.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify purebred cats based on color, markings and fur type.
    2. Describe unique physical characteristics of various purebred cats.
    3. Describe abnormal characteristics of dogs and cats with behaviora l disorders.
    4. Describe abnormal behavior patterns in dogs and cats.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Medical terminology; positioning terms
    2. Skeletal system
    3. Joint system
    4. Cells and Tissues
    5. Muscle system
    6. Respiratory system
    7. Cardiovascular system
    8. Digestive system; Dental Care; Nutrients; Metabolism
    9. Urinary system
    10. Reproductive system
    11. Sensory organs system
    12. Nervous system
    13. Endocrine system
    14. Blood, Lymph and Immune systems
    15. Cat Breeds and Abnormal Behavior

    Primary Faculty
    Delauter, Julie
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 1030 - Applied Anatomy & Physiology-Laboratory

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program

    VETT 1030 instructs veterinary technician students in the anatomy and physiology of dogs and cats. Application strategies include the use of dog and cat skeletal models, dissection of an animal cadaver, and the dissection of an animal eye and brain. Students will compare anatomical structures of live animals with those identified in the cadaver.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply proper veterinary medical terminology as it relates to the anatomy of the dog and cat.

    Objectives:

    1. Use appropriate terminology in the description of all anatomical structures.
    2. Use appropriate terminology relative to an animal’s position.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the major organ system structures in the body of the dog or cat.

    Objectives:

    1. Visually identify the major organ systems and structures in the body.
    2. Physically identify the major organ systems and structures in the body.
    3. Describe anatomically the major organ systems in the body.
    4. Discuss the difference in anatomical structures between canines and felines.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to compare and contrast major structures found in the dissected animal cadaver and the live animal.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify major structures on the dissected animal cadaver.
    2. Identify major external and palpable internal structures of the live animal.
    3. Discuss the anatomical differences between the structures of the animal cadaver and the live animal.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Positioning terms
    2. Skeletal system - use of skeletons
    3. Dissection of thoracic limb
    4. Dissection of pelvic limb
    5. Dissection of thorax
    6. Dissection of abdomen
    7. Dissection of reproductive tract
    8. Brain and eye dissection
    9. Relate structures identified on skeleton and cadaver to live animal

    Primary Faculty
    Delauter, Julie
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 1040 - Veterinary Practice & Communications

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program

    (formerly VETT 1720)

    VETT 1040 prepares veterinary technician students with basic principles of office procedures and communication in veterinary practice. Students develop skills used in routine office practice, including record keeping, financial transactions, euthanasia, and the grieving process. Instruction includes an exploration of the veterinary technician profession, student learning, behavior and personality styles, and common AKC registered dog breeds.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explore in depth the veterinary technician profession.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss the history of the veterinary technology.
    2. Explore job prospects, salary, and attrition.
    3. List the educational requirements of the veterinary technician and the opportunity for the continuing of ones education.
    4. Discuss the national credentialing requirements for veterinary technicians.
    5. Explore the laws governing veterinary technology.
    6. Explain the veterinary technology code of ethics.
    7. Be able to list the professional veterinary technician associations and discuss their importance to the profession.
    8. Explore the numerous job responsibilities of the veterinary technician including, but not limited to, the reception area, patient examinations, various treatment procedures, surgical assisting, laboratory examinations, and hospital management.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the way students learn and explore the various learning styles or modalities.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss visual learning and identify the styles strengths, strategies, suggestions and student traits.
    2. Explore the auditory modality and identify this styles strengths, strategies, suggestions, and student traits.
    3. Describe the tactile-kinesthetic modality and discuss the strengths, strategies and traits of tactile-kinesthetic learners.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to list all office procedures as they relate to veterinary medicine.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the medical record, its components, how to properly document in a medical record, and how to effectively manage a practice’s medical records.
    2. List proper telephone and message taking etiquette.
    3. Explore how to schedule appointments efficiently.
    4. Describe billing and collections department.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will be prepared in handling crisis situations, client grief, and managerial skills as they relate to supervision of hospital staff and veterinary practice management.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss stress and stress management.
    2. Discuss time management and list ways to be more efficient.
    3. Explore personal and professional development.
    4. Describe euthanasia and the grief process.
    5. Discuss various marketing techniques and how to apply them to veterinary medicine.
    6. Discuss various behavior/personality styles and how they impact the work environment.

    Outcome E: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and list numerous canine breeds by description and/or visually.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and spell correctly canine breeds.
    2. Be familiar with the AKC dog breed groups.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Veterinary Technician Profession
    2. Learning Styles
    3. Veterinary Practice Office Procedures
    4. People Skills and Client Communication
    5. Dog Breed Identification

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 1060 - Small Animal Techniques-Laboratory

    Credit Hours: 0.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program

    VETT 1060 instructs veterinary technician students in basic techniques commonly performed in veterinary practice. Application strategies include handling and restraint, grooming, physical examination, auscultation, oral medication administration, and injection administration in the dog and cat.

    Billable Contact Hours: 1

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate appropriate techniques in animal handling and restraint of dogs and cats.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the appropriate way to encage and remove from cage, handle, walk, lift, and carry a dog and cat.
    2. Demonstrate the technique used to place an animal in lateral recumbency.
    3. Demonstrate the appropriate way to restrain dogs and cats for various procedures.
    4. Understand the various restraint tools available and be able to decide under what conditions each are used.
    5. Demonstrate appropriate use of muzzles.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate appropriate techniques for obtaining temperature, pulse, and respiration in dogs and cats.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the appropriate way to obtain body temperature.
    2. Demonstrate the appropriate way to obtain heart rate and respiratory rate via auscultation.
    3. Demonstrate the appropriate way to palpate the femoral artery to obtain pulse.
    4. List the normal ranges for temperature, heart rate, and respiratory rate.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate appropriate grooming care in dogs and cats.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the appropriate technique used in trimming nails.
    2. Demonstrate the appropriate technique for stopping nail bleeding associated with trimming nails.
    3. Demonstrate the appropriate techniques used in expressing anal glands.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate appropriate administration of oral medications in dogs and cats.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the appropriate way of administering tablets to dogs and cats.
    2. Demonstrate the appropriate way of administering liquids to dogs.

    Outcome E: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate appropriate techniques for administering injections in dogs and cats.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate and be able to list the steps involved in preparing an inoculate.
    2. List and describe the appropriate location for SQ, IM, ID, and IV injections.
    3. Demonstrate the appropriate technique for administering SQ, IM, ID, and IV injections.
    4. List and explain the location of various veins commonly used as venipuncture sites.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Restraint and handling techniques
    2. Physical examination
    3. Grooming
    4. Oral medication administration
    5. Venipuncture

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 1070 - Advanced Small Animal Techniques-Laboratory

    Credit Hours: 0.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1060  and VETT 1080  all with grade C or better

    (formerly VETT 1090)

    VETT 1070 instructs veterinary technician students in advanced techniques commonly performed in the dog and cat. It reiterates basic skills learned in VETT 1060. Application strategies include various routes of venipuncture, ophthalmic and otic medication administration, handling and collection of blood, urine, and fecal samples, and the administration of subcutaneous and intravenous fluids.

    Billable Contact Hours: 1

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate appropriate venipuncture techniques for blood sample collection in dogs and cats.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate blood collection from various veins using the syringe and vacutainer techniques.
    2. Demonstrate the appropriate way to obtain a blood sample from the cephalic vein.
    3. Demonstrate the appropriate way to obtain a blood sample from the saphenous vein.
    4. Demonstrate the appropriate way to obtain a blood sample from the femoral vein.
    5. Demonstrate the appropriate way to obtain a blood sample from the jugular vein.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate appropriate sample collection techniques for urine and feces in dogs and cats.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the appropriate technique for obtaining a urine sample from a male dog using a catheter.
    2. Demonstrate the appropriate technique for obtaining a fecal sample in dogs and cats.
    3. Demonstrate the appropriate technique of bandaging and recognize signs of improper application.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate appropriate techniques used for various ophthalmic procedures and exams and administration of ophthalmic and otic medications in dogs and cats.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain and demonstrate the steps involved in completing various ophthalmic exams and procedures.
    2. Demonstrate the appropriate method of applying ophthalmic medicine.
    3. Demonstrate the appropriate method of applying otic medicine.
    4. Demonstrate the appropriate way to clean ears.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate appropriate techniques for IV catheter placement and SQ fluid administration in dogs and cats.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the appropriate technique for placing an indwelling IV catheter.
    2. Demonstrate the appropriate technique for setting up an IV fluid administration set.
    3. Demonstrate the appropriate technique for SQ fluid administration.
    4. List and explain the location of various veins commonly used as venipuncture sites.

    Outcome E: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate appropriate bandaging techniques in dogs and cats.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the appropriate technique for placement of a bandage on the tail.
    2. Demonstrate the appropriate technique for placement of a bandage on the paw.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Venipuncture and blood collection techniques
    2. Urine and fecal sample collection techniques
    3. Ophthalmic and otic procedures and techniques
    4. IV catheter placement and SQ fluid administration
    5. Bandaging techniques

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 1080 - Small Animal Techniques-Lecture

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program

    VETT 1080 instructs veterinary technician students in the basic techniques expected of the veterinary technician in a small animal veterinary practice. Skills covered and emphasized include animal handling and restraint, grooming, auscultation (use of a stethoscope), medication administration, placement of intravenous (I.V.) catheters, and obtaining and handling of blood, urine, and fecal samples.

    Billable Contact Hours: 1

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply knowledge of the basic skills in handling and restraint of dogs and cats.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the basic fundamentals of animal restraint and handling.
    2. Identify the danger potentials of the dog and cat.
    3. Recognize the signs of a normal social animal, a frightened or nervous animal, and a vicious or aggressive animal.
    4. List the seven points to remember when restraining a dog or a cat.
    5. Recognize the three fundamental tools of restraint.
    6. List the steps involved in restraining a dog or a cat in various positions, including a standing position, sitting position, sternal recumbency, lateral recumbency, as well as for SQ, IM, ID, and IV injections.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify normal canine and feline behavior.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the behavioral development periods of the dog and cat.
    2. Identify the social behavior of the dog and cat.
    3. Identify and describe the methods dogs and cats use to aid in visual communication, olfactory communications, and vocal communications.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply knowledge of appropriate grooming care of the dog and cat.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the rationale and procedure for bathing a dog and a cat.
    2. List all grooming tools used and describe their function.
    3. Describe the appropriate way to trim toenails on dark and white nails.
    4. Describe what is done if the quick is clipped during the nail trimming procedure.
    5. List the two methods for anal gland expression.
    6. Explain the anatomy of the anal gland.
    7. Describe the procedure for expressing anal glands.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of how to give intramuscular (IM), subcutaneous (SQ), intravenous (IV), and intradermal (ID) injections in dogs and cats.

    Objectives:

    1. Define terminology related to injections.
    2. List all the common syringe sizes and explain what each size could be used for.
    3. List all the common needle sizes and explain what each size could be used for.
    4. Describe in detail how to perform a subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intraperitoneal, and intranasal injection.
    5. Explain the appropriate disposal and handling of needles and syringes.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply knowledge of blood, urine, and fecal sample collection techniques in the dog and cat.

    Objectives:

    1. Define venipuncture.
    2. Identify the difference between a vein and an artery.
    3. List all possible veins that could be used for venipuncture.
    4. List all the tools used for venipuncture.
    5. Describe the procedure for venipuncture using the syringe method.
    6. Describe the procedure for venipuncture using the vacutainer method.
    7. List the three components in blood.
    8. Explain the appropriate way to transfer blood into tubes.
    9. Describe how to label blood tubes upon collection.
    10. Describe the function of the urinary system.
    11. List the methods used for urine collection.
    12. Explain the procedure for each method of urine collection.
    13. List all the equipment used in urine collection.
    14. Describe the procedures for fecal collection.
    15. Describe the procedure for vaginal sample collection.
    16. Explain how to administer an enema.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to understand the theory and procedures for administering oral medications.

    Objectives:

    1. Define and understand abbreviations used to describe oral medication administration.
    2. Explain the anatomy of the oral cavity.
    3. Describe the procedure for administering oral medications to dogs and cats.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of ophthalmic and optic care and procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe and identify the anatomy of the eye.
    2. Understand the common terms used to describe ophthalmic conditions.
    3. List the tools used for an eye exam.
    4. Describe the various test performed on the eye.
    5. Explain how to administer eye medication.
    6. Describe and identify the anatomy of the ear.
    7. List the common ear conditions seen in veterinary medicine.
    8. List the tools used for an ear exam.
    9. Explain the steps involved in cleaning an ear.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to understand the theory and procedures regarding fluid administration.

    Objectives:

    1. Define fluid therapy.
    2. List the goals of fluid therapy.
    3. State the signs of dehydration.
    4. List the different degrees of dehydration.
    5. State the signs of overhydration.
    6. List the equipment used in fluid administration.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss how to apply bandages.

    Objectives:

    1. List the reasons for bandage application.
    2. Explain the tools and materials used in the bandaging process.
    3. Describe how to bandage various body parts.
    4. Explain the procedure for applying a Robert Jones bandage, Ehmer sling, and splints.
    5. Recognize warning signs that a bandage was applied improperly.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Handling and restraint of dogs and cats
    2. Behavior of dogs and cats
    3. Animal hygiene and grooming
    4. Injections and preparing the inoculate
    5. Sample collection and miscellaneous procedures.
      1. Blood, urine, feces
      2. Vaginal samples
      3. Enema administration
    6. Oral administration of medication
    7. Ophthalmic and otic care, procedures and medication administration
    8. Fluid administration
    9. Bandage and splint applications

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 1220 - Veterinary Anesthesia-Lecture

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1020 , VETT 1030 , VETT 1040 , VETT 1060 , VETT 1070 , VETT 1080 , HHSC 1010 , and ITCS 1010  all with grade C or better

    This course instructs veterinary technician students in the principles of anesthesiology and appropriate usage of anesthetics for small, large, and exotic animals. This course also covers anesthetic monitoring, emergency procedures, and post‑anesthetic care.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate an understanding of the principles of anesthesiology, anesthetic machinery, and the theory and use of anesthetic medications in various species.

    Objectives:

    1. Define anesthesia.
    2. Describe the difference between local and general anesthesia.
    3. Define the anesthetic protocol.
    4. Describe the various periods of anesthesia, the role of the anesthetist during these periods, and the procedures performed during these periods.
    5. List the preanesthetic, analgesic, injectable, and gas anesthetic agents.
    6. Calculate the mass and volume of anesthetic medications.
    7. Discuss the pros and cons of injectable vs. gas anesthetics.
    8. Describe the mechanism of action, physiologic effects, side effects, and contraindications of anesthetic agents.
    9. Apply the knowledge of anesthetic medications to hypothetical clinical scenarios.
    10. List the parts of the anesthetic machine.
    11. Describe how the anesthetic machine works.
    12. Compare and contrast various anesthetic systems.
    13. Describe the procedure to be followed to prepare and anesthetic machine for use.
    14. Describe the procedures for maintaining anesthetic machines.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate an understanding of the principles associated with endotracheal intubation, and extubation, and the concepts of monitoring veterinary patients.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the purpose of intubation.
    2. Describe the parts of the endotracheal tube.
    3. Compare and contrast the various types of endotracheal tubes.
    4. Discuss the process and technique of intubation.
    5. Discuss the process and technique of extubation.
    6. Discuss the purpose of anesthetic monitoring.
    7. Discuss methods of manual patient monitoring.
    8. List and discuss the various types of anesthetic monitoring machines.
    9. Describe the use of anesthetic monitoring machines.
    10. Describe the frequency of monitoring throughout the anesthetic period.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of perioperative fluid administration, special anesthesia procedures and techniques, and emergency responses in veterinary anesthesia.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the various rates of fluid administration during all anesthetic periods based on patient health status.
    2. Compare and contrast the different types of fluids.
    3. Discuss various specialized anesthesia techniques used in non-routine anesthetic procedures.
    4. List common reasons for anesthetic emergencies.
    5. Describe species and breed differences as they relate to potential anesthetic emergencies.
    6. Discuss the steps an anesthetist should take during an anesthetic crisis.
    7. Describe the basics of CPR in an anesthetic crisis.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate an understanding of the theories of record keeping and workplace safety as they relate to anesthetic agents and machinery.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the reasons for anesthetic record keeping.
    2. Describe the reasons for controlled substance record keeping.
    3. Describe the short and long term effects of waste anesthetic gas.
    4. Describe correct procedures for handling gas cylinders.
    5. Outline precautions necessary when handling potentially hazardous and injectable agents.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to anesthesia; patient evaluation and preparation
    2. Dosage calculations
    3. Injectable anesthesia
    4. Intubation and extubation techniques
    5. Anesthetic systems and equipment
    6. Inhalation anesthesia
    7. Monitoring anesthesia
    8. Emergencies
    9. Analgesia
    10. Special anesthetic procedures
    11. Safety and record keeping
    12. Exotic and large animal anesthesia

    Primary Faculty
    Delauter, Julie
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 1230 - Veterinary Anesthesia-Laboratory

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1020 , VETT 1030 , VETT 1040 , VETT 1060 , VETT 1070 , VETT 1080 , HHSC 1010 , and ITCS 1010  all with grade C or better

    This course provides the veterinary technician student with instruction in the preanesthetic, perianesthetic, and recovery phases of anesthesia for dogs and cats. Application strategies covered during these phases include patient evaluation, appropriate anesthetic drug administration, intravenous fluid therapy, intubation and extubation, patient monitoring, correct use of anesthetic equipment, and appropriate response techniques for emergency situations. Topics also include recordkeeping of drugs and anesthetic procedures as well as the practical application of dental prophylaxis techniques on anesthetized patients.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate the appropriate techniques of drug administration, intravenous fluid therapy and anesthetic equipment use.

    Objectives:

    1. Administer medications intravenously.
    2. Administer medications subcutaneously.
    3. Administer medications intramuscularly.
    4. Administer medications topically.
    5. Placement of an intravenous catheter.
    6. Connecting the components of the fluid bag, tubing, and catheter.
    7. Calculate the rate of and administer intravenous fluids during the anesthetic period.
    8. Use of laryngoscope.
    9. Place, utilize, and remove endotracheal tubes for the purpose of general anesthesia and recovery.
    10. Identify and describe the parts of the anesthetic machine.
    11. Utilize anesthetic machines to perform general anesthesia.
    12. Placement of a gastric tube.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate the use of various anesthetic agents, and understand the physiologic effects and side effects of anesthetic agents.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate the mass and volume of all medications used.
    2. Administer preanesthetic agents to dogs and cats.
    3. Administer injectable anesthetic agents to dogs and cats.
    4. Administer (gas) inhalant agents to dogs and cats.
    5. Describe the effects of preanesthetic medications.
    6. Describe the effects of anesthetic medications.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate monitoring animals during the peri-anesthetic and recovery periods and the appropriate response techniques for anesthetic emergency situations.

    Objectives:

    1. Collect patient’s vital signs throughout the anesthetic period.
    2. Tend to the patient’s needs during the recovery period.
    3. Utilize monitoring equipment during the anesthetic period.
    4. Remove patient from gas anesthesia.
    5. Provide pure oxygen to patients.
    6. Administer medications as deemed necessary for the anesthetic crisis under direct veterinarian supervision.
    7. Apply CPR as deemed necessary for the patient’s condition.
    8. Adjust intravenous fluid rate according to patient’s condition.
    9. Monitor patient’s urine production via placement of urinary catheter and collection of urine specimen.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate record keeping of drugs and anesthetic procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Logging the use of controlled substances in designated books.
    2. Logging patient information, anesthetic procedure, medications, and vital signs on designated anesthetic forms.
    3. Logging comments of anesthetic procedure on anesthetic forms.

    Outcome E: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate the correct technique for dental prophylaxis.

    Objectives:

    1. Scale the teeth of patients.
    2. Polish the teeth of patients.
    3. Use hand-held dental instruments and machines to perform prophylaxis.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Appropriate techniques of drug administration; intravenous fluid administration
    2. Intubation and extubation techniques
    3. Calculation and correct use of preanesthetic agents
    4. Calculation and correct use of injectable anesthetic agents
    5. Calculation and correct use of inhalation anesthetic agents; anesthetic machine usage
    6. Monitoring of patient and use of monitoring equipment; response techniques used in anesthetic emergencies
    7. Recordkeeping of drugs and anesthetic procedures
    8. Dental procedures

    Primary Faculty
    Delauter, Julie
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 1300 - Assisting in Veterinary Surgery-Lecture

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1020 , VETT 1030 , VETT 1040 , VETT 1060 , VETT 1070 , VETT 1080 , HHSC 1010 , and ITCS 1010  all with grade C or better

    This course provides veterinary technician students with instruction in the appropriate aseptic techniques for the surgical team, patient, and equipment. Skills covered and emphasized include surgical assisting, care of the surgical patient, and preparation of surgery related equipment. The course also covers common surgical procedures performed in veterinary practice.

    Billable Contact Hours: 1

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will state the major events in the development of aseptic technique.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe how the technician’s role has changed in the surgery room through the years.
    2. Discuss the meaning of aseptic technique.
    3. List people who were instrumental in moving aseptic techniques forward.
    4. Define microorganism.
    5. Describe terms used when referring to microorganisms.
    6. State the means by which infectious particles are transmitted and the means of controlling transmission.
    7. Describe the possible consequences of disregarding aseptic technique in performance of surgical duties.
    8. List the advantages and disadvantages of the various methods of controlling microbes in the surgical area.
    9. Select the most advantageous method of microbe control for application in a given circumstance.
    10. Describe the cumulative effect of consistent and repetitive application of control procedures in maintaining acceptably low levels of microbes.
    11. Understand the three barriers of immunity.
    12. Compare and contrast the different sterilization methods.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will identify the process of patient preparation and patient positioning.

    Objectives:

    1. Understand the procedure for wrapping surgical packs.
    2. Understand and identify how to position patients for various surgical procedures.
    3. List the steps for admitting a surgical patient.
    4. Identify the steps involved in prepping a patient for surgery.
    5. Describe the two methods of draping a surgical patient.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will apply knowledge of aseptic procedure to the maintenance of the surgical area and surgical personnel.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the sterile boundaries for scrubbed and nonscrubbed personnel in the operating room.
    2. Describe the sequence of steps in the performance of the surgical scrub.
    3. Apply the rules of conduct for maintaining sterility before and during surgical procedures.
    4. Identify the duties for each area of responsibility for surgical procedures.
    5. Describe the procedure for donning cap, mask, and sterile surgical gown and gloves.
    6. Discuss how the design and maintenance of a surgical area ensures patient safety by preventing crosscontamination.
    7. Name the basic equipment used in each room of the surgical area.
    8. Identify selected surgical instruments.
    9. Describe the function of selected surgical instruments, equipment, and supplies.
    10. Apply the knowledge of the care and handling of surgical instruments and supplies to the performance of the duties of a surgical technician.
    11. Describe the difference between first intention wound healing and second intention wound healing.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will be familiar with common surgical procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. List the indications for neutering dogs and cats.
    2. List advantages of spaying and neutering.
    3. Describe symptoms of a dog with pyometra.
    4. Describe the procedure for common veterinary surgeries.
    5. Describe the technician’s role in common surgical procedures.
    6. List instruments and equipment used in common surgical procedures.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. History of aseptic technique
    2. Sterilization method
    3. Patient preparation
    4. Preparation of the sterile assistant
    5. Preparation of and aseptic maintenance of the surgical suite
    6. Supplies used in surgery
    7. Individual surgical procedures

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 1310 - Assisting in Veterinary Surgery-Laboratory

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1020 , VETT 1030 , VETT 1040 , VETT 1060 , VETT 1070 , VETT 1080 , HHSC 1010 , and ITCS 1010  all with grade C or better

    This course provides the veterinary technician students with instruction in procedures related to the surgical aspect of veterinary practice. Application strategies include correct aseptic technique for the surgical team, patient, and equipment. Emphasis is on the technician’s role on the surgical team, including preparation of the patient, surgical suite, equipment, and personnel. Topics also include patient positioning for various surgical procedures, pre and post operative patient care, and recordkeeping.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will identify basic surgical instruments and have knowledge of their use in surgical applications.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify basic surgical and dental instruments, and know their functions.
    2. Demonstrate the correct technique of preparing a surgical pack.
    3. Demonstrate the correct technique for cleaning and lubricating surgical instruments.
    4. Know appropriate handling techniques of instruments in and out of surgery.
    5. Demonstrate the correct technique for aseptically passing surgical instruments from sterile to non-sterile personnel during surgery.
    6. Describe the correct care and safety when using and disposing of a scalpel blade.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will apply knowledge of sterile techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. Know the principles of aseptic techniques.
    2. Be able to detect breaks in sterility.
    3. Understand steam pressure sterilization and know how to run an autoclave.
    4. Demonstrate how to sterilize various materials and equipment.
    5. Know the types and use of sterile indicators and control techniques.
    6. Know the correct storage of sterile supplies and their shelf life.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate correct preparation of the surgical suite, personnel, and surgical patient.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe how to prepare a surgical suite.
    2. Demonstrate how to correctly prepare a surgical patient.
    3. Demonstrate how to prepare yourself as a sterile and non-sterile surgical assistant.
    4. Describe correct positioning of patients for various surgical procedures.
    5. Demonstrate common surgical procedures.
    6. Describe the correct handling techniques for biopsies.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will compare and contrast appropriate use of various types of suture material, suture needles, and suturing techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate a basic understanding of the suturing technique.
    2. Describe the uses and properties of common suture material.
    3. Describe and demonstrate the correct technique for removing sutures.
    4. Identify different types of suture needles and their uses.
    5. Identify different suture patterns and their uses.

    Outcome E: Upon completion of this course, students will apply knowledge of the importance of sanitation, asepsis, organization, pre and postoperative care and record keeping.

    Objectives:

    1. Understand preoperative considerations, i.e., lab work and physical exams.
    2. Describe the importance of pre and post-operative care.
    3. Demonstrate the ability to keep accurate surgical records.
    4. Understand the importance of cleanliness and organization of yourself, work area, and equipment.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Instrument identification and handling
    2. Autoclave use
    3. Preparing surgical pack
    4. Surgery room etiquette and suturing
    5. Patient preparation, draping and positioning
    6. Pre and post operative patient care
    7. Surgical recordkeeping

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 1440 - Clinical Pathology 1-Lecture

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1020 , VETT 1030 , VETT 1040 , VETT 1060 , VETT 1070 , VETT 1080 , HHSC 1010 , and ITCS 1010  all with grade C or better

    This course provides veterinary technician students with instruction in the fundamental techniques used in hematology, urinalysis, and parasitology in dogs and cats. Emphasis is placed on the purpose of tests, their clinical significance, and factors necessary for quality control.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will identify the steps involved with basic techniques in hematology, urinalysis, and parasitology.

    Objectives:

    1. Define various terms related to hematology, urinalysis, and parasitology.
    2. Define the role of the veterinary technician in laboratory testing.
    3. Name the three components of blood.
    4. List and explain the steps in serum sample preparation.
    5. List and describe the common anticoagulants used in veterinary medicine.
    6. Describe the factors influencing test results for hematology samples.
    7. List and explain the causes of hemolysis and lipemia.
    8. Understand the importance of sample volume when collecting blood samples.
    9. Understand the significance of time and temperature regarding blood samples.
    10. Identify the importance of labeling procedures when collecting blood, urine or stool samples.
    11. Recognize different blood collection tubes by the color of their top.
    12. Describe the common collection sites for venous blood sampling.
    13. List and describe the steps in making a blood smear.
    14. Describe the four areas of the blood smear.
    15. Identify white blood cells by using size, cytoplasm, and nucleus characteristics.
    16. Describe the two types of anemia.
    17. Describe the function of erythrocytes.
    18. List the main categories of red blood cell abnormalities.
    19. List and describe the three mechanisms of hemostasis.
    20. List and describe the four techniques for urine sample collection.
    21. Explain the guidelines for preservation of a urine sample.
    22. Explain the three portions of the urinalysis.
    23. List and describe the common constituents of a urine sediment.
    24. Identify what part of the urinary tract each type of epithelial cell is derived from.
    25. Describe the formation of casts, and their clinical significance.
    26. Describe the clinical significance of the presence of bacteria in a urine sample.
    27. Describe the clinical significance of the presence of various crystals in a urine sample.
    28. List and describe the common parasites found in the urinary system.
    29. Describe the difference between incidental, erratic, pseudoparasite, obligate, and facultative parasites.
    30. Describe the three types of parasite hosts.
    31. Describe the two types of parasite life cycles, and know which type each of the common parasites has.
    32. Describe the three categories of parasite transmission.
    33. List the harmful effects of parasites.
    34. List the classifications of various parasites.
    35. Know the genus species of common small animal parasites.
    36. List the three categories of common intestinal parasites.
    37. Know the prepatent period for the common parasites of the small animal.
    38. Describe the clinical signs of various types of parasite infections.
    39. Describe the treatment and prevention of common parasites.
    40. Know which parasites are zoonotic, and how they are transmitted.
    41. Describe the appearance under the microscope of common intestinal and blood parasites.
    42. Describe the appearance in stool of common intestinal parasites.
    43. List and describe the common parasitic insects, their treatment and prevention.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will list common tests in each area, and their clinical significance.

    Objectives:

    1. List and describe what is included in the complete blood count.
    2. Explain the steps involved in a differential blood count.
    3. Describe the technique for counting white blood cells using the hemocytometer method.
    4. Understand how to perform a corrected white blood cell count.
    5. List common tests used to evaluate the erythron.
    6. List and explain the steps for performing a hematocrit.
    7. List and describe the layers of the hematocrit tube.
    8. Identify the environmental and disease factors that influence the hematocrit.
    9. Explain the significance of a hemoglobin test.
    10. Describe how to determine hemoglobin estimation from the hematocrit.
    11. Describe how to determine red blood cell count estimation from the hematocrit.
    12. Explain how to determine MCV, MCH, and MCHC.
    13. List the steps involved in performing a coagulation time determination, bleeding time, capillary tube test, and a Lee White test.
    14. Explain the steps involved in measuring urine specific gravity, using a refractometer and a urinometer.
    15. List and describe the common components of a reagent strip test.
    16. List the urine pH for various species.
    17. List and describe the causes of proteinuria, glucosuria, ketosis, hematuria, hemoglobinuria, and bilirubinuria.
    18. Identify possible causes of increased amounts of blood, cells, and crystals in a urine sediment.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will identify steps involved with quality control of laboratory equipment used and procedures performed.

    Objectives:

    1. Define accuracy, precision, and reliability.
    2. List and explain the three types of errors common to all systems.
    3. List the common error factors seen when performing a white blood cell count using a hemocytometer.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Hematology
    2. Urinalysis
    3. Parasitology

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 1450 - Clinical Pathology 1-Laboratory

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1020 , VETT 1030 , VETT 1040 , VETT 1060 , VETT 1070 , VETT 1080 , HHSC 1010 , and ITCS 1010  all with grade C or better

    This course provides veterinary technician students with instruction in procedures related to commonly requested laboratory tests. Application strategies include care and use of microscopes, preparation and examination of blood smears, components of a complete blood cell count, analysis of the physical, chemical, and microscopic components of a urine sample, and the preparation and examination of fecal samples. This course also covers instruction and performance of routine heartworm tests and the abnormalities seen in blood, urine, and fecal samples.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate basic knowledge of the microscope.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the parts of the microscope and understand their function.
    2. Demonstrate proficiency in the use of the microscope.
    3. Have basic knowledge of troubleshooting techniques.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate ability to complete all components of the Complete Blood Count.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate proficiency in making and examining a blood smear.
    2. Differentiate types of white blood cells and recognize their abnormalities.
    3. Examine red blood cells and platelets on the blood smear and document abnormalities.
    4. Recognize the variations in canine and feline blood smear differentials.
    5. Demonstrate proficiency in performing packed cell volumes as well as reading and documenting the results.
    6. Demonstrate ability to perform and record total protein, hemoglobin concentration estimation, and red blood cell estimation.
    7. Demonstrate proficiency in the use of the hemocytometer when performing blood cell determination.
    8. Demonstrate ability to complete relative and absolute white blood cell counts and corrected white blood cell counts.
    9. List normal and abnormal values for all components of the complete blood count for both dogs and cats.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate the three components of a urinalysis.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate proficiency in completing the physical examination of urine, including color and appearance.
    2. Correctly perform the chemical examination of urine with the use of the dipstick and refractometer.
    3. Complete the microscopic exam of urine sediment in its natural state and when stained.
    4. Recognize and classify cells, crystals, casts, bacteria, and parasites in the urine sediment and document correctly.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will perform the components of the fecal exam.

    Objectives:

    1. Correctly identify the parasites commonly found in both canine and feline fecal samples.
    2. Correctly prepare and read a fecal float examination and document the results.
    3. Demonstrate the ability to prepare and read a direct fecal examination and document the results.
    4. Demonstrate the ability to correctly prepare and read a fecal sedimentation and centrifugation examination and document the results.

    Outcome E: Upon completion of this course, students will have knowledge of canine heartworm and the commonly used tests to diagnose heartworm disease.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize the two types of heartworm and their identifying features.
    2. Demonstrate proficiency in performing a direct, microhematocrit, Knott’s, and filter heartworm tests.

    Outcome F: Upon completion of this course, students will review commonly found external parasites and demonstrate the ability to perform diagnostic testing for those parasites.

    Objectives:

    1. Review the classes of external parasites including fleas, lice, flies, spiders, ticks, and mites.
    2. Discuss commonly used diagnostic tests for those mites including visual examination, ear swabs, and skin scrapings.
    3. Demonstrate proficiency in performing ear swabs.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Use and care of microscope
    2. Hematology
    3. Urinalysis
    4. Parasitology

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 1580 - Veterinary Technician Internship 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1220 , VETT 1230 , VETT 1300 , VETT 1310 , VETT 1440 , VETT 1450 , and VETT 1700  all with grade C or better

    This course provides veterinary technician students with supervised clinical experience in an affiliated animal facility. Students gain experience with practical skills that are commonly performed in veterinary practice.

    Billable Contact Hours: 7

    When Offered: Spring/Summer semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will understand and demonstrate office procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Maintain a clean and orderly front desk and client reception area.
    2. Demonstrate appropriate use and maintenance of the patient/client financial and medical records systems, including integrating and filing laboratory reports, radiographs, etc.
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of ethics, laws and regulations, including preparation and filing of health certificates, etc.
    4. Demonstrate knowledge of OSHA regulations in a veterinary practice.
    5. Ability to use the computer for making receipts, sending reminders, doing inventory, etc.
    6. Communicate with the public on the telephone, and in person.
    7. Demonstrate how to deal appropriately with first aid and emergency situations in person and on the telephone.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will understand and demonstrate examination room procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate a familiarity with equipment and supplies used in the examination room and keep them properly stocked.
    2. Demonstrate how to determine and know “normal” in dog and cat species for the following: temperature, pulse, and respiration.
    3. Demonstrate the ability to correctly use a stethoscope.
    4. Demonstrate appropriate administration of routine vaccinations under supervision.
    5. Identify the common breeds of the following species: dog, cat, bird, and laboratory animals.
    6. Demonstrate appropriate restraint techniques with consideration of personal and patient safety.
    7. Understand routine hospital procedures, such as elective surgeries, dental work, worming, home care of patient, etc.
    8. Demonstrate knowledge of basic nutrition principles for the common species.
    9. Properly collect the following specimens: blood, urine (catheterization - male), urine (cystocentesis), urine (free-flow), skin scrapings, fecal samples, culture samples, and cytology specimens.
    10. Correctly administer drugs under doctor supervision.
    11. Appropriately perform the following elective procedures: express anal glands, clean ears, and trim toenails.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will understand and demonstrate pharmacology procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate how to appropriately label and package dispensed drugs.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to read and fill a prescription.
    3. Demonstrate the ability to the correct use of weights and measures.
    4. Demonstrate the ability to correctly calculate dosages.
    5. Demonstrate the appropriate handling and storage of biologic and therapeutic agents.
    6. Demonstrate appropriate handling of controlled substances.
    7. Demonstrate the ability to learn and apply drug inventory control procedures.
    8. Demonstrate how to correctly prepare and monitor intravenous fluids.
    9. Demonstrate how to read and apply information on drug labels and package inserts.
    10. Describe how to recognize normal versus abnormal responses to medication.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will understand and demonstrate surgery procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Observe, but not necessarily assist with, the following procedures: ovariohysterectomy, castration, cesarean section, orthopedic procedures, tail dock, dewclaw removal, cat declaw, soft tissue surgery, and dystocia.
    2. Demonstrate appropriate preparation of the surgical patient, surgical site, surgical suite, surgical pack, and surgical personnel.
    3. Demonstrate appropriate sterilization of equipment by various methods.
    4. Demonstrate appropriate autoclave operation and maintenance.
    5. Demonstrate knowledge of different types of suture material.
    6. Demonstrate appropriate post-operative clean up of the patient, surgical suite, instruments, and equipment.
    7. Identify common surgical instrument, and demonstrate the proper handling of these instruments.

    Outcome E: Upon completion of this course, students will understand and demonstrate anesthesiology procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of common pre-anesthetic and anesthetic drugs and their appropriate usage.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of operation and maintenance of inhalation anesthesia equipment.
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of levels of general anesthesia, and maintaining the patient at the instructed level of anesthesia.
    4. Recognize and respond to anesthetic emergencies.
    5. Demonstrate the ability to intubate a canine and feline patient.
    6. Demonstrate how to maintain appropriate levels of inhalation gases.
    7. Demonstrate how to monitor vital signs during anesthesia.
    8. Demonstrate appropriate monitoring and care of the post-op patient.

    Outcome F: Upon completion of this course, students will understand and demonstrate general animal care procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify different types of bandage material, and demonstrate how to handle each type.
    2. Demonstrate and explain how to appropriately remove sutures.
    3. Demonstrate how to perform dental procedures.
    4. Demonstrate how to perform therapeutic bathing and grooming.
    5. Explain appropriate orphan care, including tube feeding.
    6. Demonstrate how to apply appropriate inpatient feeding and nutrition.
    7. Demonstrate how to maintain appropriate cleanliness, sanitation and odor control for the patient and the hospital.
    8. Demonstrate and explain how to appropriately administer enemas.
    9. Demonstrate how to administer appropriate emergency care to trauma patients.
    10. Demonstrate the use of appropriate procedures to clean, prepare, and debride open wounds and/or abscesses under doctor’s supervision.

    Outcome G: Upon completion of this course, students will understand and demonstrate radiology procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the potential radiation hazards, and demonstrate the appropriate uses of safety equipment.
    2. Explain how to make and use a technique chart, or maintain an x-ray log.
    3. Demonstrate how to take and develop diagnostic radiographs.
    4. Demonstrate how to replace and/or replenish developer and fixer solutions.
    5. Demonstrate how to use methods of labeling, filing and storing of radiographs.
    6. Explain how to determine and correct causes of faulty radiographs.
    7. Demonstrate the appropriate maintenance of x-ray equipment.
    8. Demonstrate a functional knowledge of the principles of x-ray production.

    Outcome H: Upon completion of this course, students will understand and demonstrate laboratory procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the appropriate procedure for a complete urinalysis.
    2. Demonstrate the appropriate procedure for skin scraping, collection of ectoparasites, use of the Wood’s lamp, and use of fungal cultures.
    3. Identify common ectoparasites.
    4. Demonstrate appropriate procedure for fecal analysis for parasites, fat, and occult blood.
    5. Demonstrate the appropriate procedure for heartworm testing.
    6. Demonstrate the appropriate procedure for vaginal cytology examination.
    7. Demonstrate the appropriate procedure making and staining blood smears.
    8. Demonstrate the appropriate procedure for a manual white blood count, differential white blood cell count, red blood cell count, platelet count, PCV, hemoglobin determination, and clotting time.
    9. Demonstrate knowledge of basic blood chemistries.
    10. Demonstrate the appropriate procedure for preparing a sample for bacterial culture and sensitivity.
    11. Identify common bacteria.
    12. Demonstrate knowledge of necropsy, and euthanasia procedures.
    13. Demonstrate knowledge of appropriate care, maintenance and quality control of laboratory equipment.
    14. Demonstrate appropriate handling of pertinent data, reports, and records (including quality control).

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Office Procedures
    2. Examination Room Procedures
    3. Pharmacology Procedures
    4. Surgery Procedures
    5. Anesthesia Procedures
    6. General Animal Care Procedures
    7. Radiology Procedures
    8. Laboratory Procedures

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 1700 - Pharmacology for Veterinary Technicians

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1020 , VETT 1030 , VETT 1040 , VETT 1060 , VETT 1070 , VETT 1080 , HHSC 1010 , and ITCS 1010  all with grade C or better

    This course provides veterinary technician students with instruction in the study of drugs and medical substances of veterinary importance. Topics discussed and emphasized include basics of general pharmacology, routes and techniques of drug administration, governmental drug agencies, systems of measurement and conversion, mathematics affecting dosage, and formulation of drugs. Also covered are the characteristics, classification, usage, storage, and recordkeeping requirements of drugs used in veterinary medicine.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will describe the basics of general pharmacology.

    Objectives:

    1. Define terms relating to pharmacology.
    2. List common sources of drugs used in veterinary medicine.
    3. Outline the basic principles of pharmacotherapeutics.
    4. Describe the difference between over-the-counter medications and prescription drugs.
    5. Identify the events that occur to the patient following drug administration.
    6. List and describe routes of administration.
    7. List routes of excretion.
    8. Explain the mechanisms by which drugs produce their effects in the body.
    9. Recognize clinically important drug interactions.
    10. Recognize the various names a particular drug may be given.
    11. List the items that should be on a drug label.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will describe the routes and techniques of drug administration.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the different forms of drugs that are available.
    2. Describe the correct way to document drug administration.
    3. Explain how to prepare a prescription medication.
    4. Describe the federal government agency requirements for inventory and dispensing of controlled substances.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate the use of calculations in pharmacology.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the system of measurement.
    2. Describe how to perform conversions.
    3. Perform drug calculations.
    4. Demonstrate how to prepare percent concentrations.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will recognize and list various drugs used in nervous, respiratory, urinary, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, integumentary, endocrine, reproductive, and sensory organ system disorders.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe how various drugs affect the autonomic nervous system.
    2. Identify the different classes of ANS drugs.
    3. List the major classification of barbiturates.
    4. Describe the indications and precautions for the use of barbiturates.
    5. Describe dissociative anesthesia.
    6. List the indications for the use of narcotics and their potential side effects.
    7. Identify neuroleptanalgesics.
    8. Identify drugs used to control seizures.
    9. List commonly used inhalant anesthetics.
    10. Describe the characteristics of euthanasia agents.
    11. Describe the differences between the actions of expectorants, antitussive, and mucolytics.
    12. Describe the function of bronchodilators.
    13. Discuss the use of antihistamines and decongestants.
    14. Identify potential uses for respiratory stimulants.
    15. Identify renal dysfunction and its effect on the metabolizing and excretion of drugs.
    16. Explore the classes of drugs and the indications for each.
    17. List the four mechanisms of the cardiovascular system.
    18. Identify the indications, physiologic effects, and toxic side effects of cardiac glycosides.
    19. List the four categories of antiarrhythmics, and give an example of each category and list their potential side effects.
    20. Describe the actions and potential side effects of vasodilators, angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors and diuretics.
    21. List which drugs induce vomiting and which drugs inhibit vomiting.
    22. Demonstrate the pathophysiology of diarrhea and the medications that control it.
    23. Discuss the use of antiulcer medications, laxatives, GI stimulants, antibiotics, and anti-inflammatory agents used in veterinary medicine.
    24. Describe the difference between endogenous and exogenous hormones.
    25. Discuss the uses of gonadotrophins, gonadal hormones, progestins, and prostoglandins.
    26. Describe the hormonal treatment of hypothyroidism and hyperthyroidism.
    27. List the classes of insulin and their general characteristics.
    28. Discuss the clinical indications for the common opthalmic and otic agents and their routes of administration.
    29. Identify various classes of opthalmic and otic agents and their possible adverse side effects.
    30. Discuss the use of antiseborrheics, topical antipruetics, fatty acid supplements, astringents, antiseptics, and skin irritants.
    31. Describe the basics of wound healing and topical wound dressings.

    Outcome E: Upon completion of this course, students will recognize and list miscellaneous drugs and therapeutic agents.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the ingredients found in antihelmintics and insecticides.
    2. List the classes of parasiticides and their contraindications.
    3. Describe the importance of client education in the use of these drugs.
    4. List indications, uses, and side effects of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs.
    5. Describe the mechanism of action of antihistamines.
    6. List the indications for muscle relaxants.
    7. List the two major categories of corticosteroids, their indications for use and any side effects.
    8. Describe the mechanism of action of local anesthetic agents, and the indications for their use.
    9. Define terms related to fluid, electrolyte, and various therapeutic nutritional preparations.
    10. List the distribution of water in the body.
    11. Describe the basic principles of fluid therapy, and provide examples of the categories of fluids used in veterinary medicine.
    12. Discuss fluid additives, oral electrolytes, vitamin, and mineral products.
    13. Discuss various cancer treatment options, drugs used in those treatments, and adverse side effects of various treatments.
    14. Describe the uses and adverse side effects of antidotes and reversal agents.
    15. Recognize the names of common lubricants.
    16. Discuss vaccine types and their advantages and disadvantages.
    17. Recognize drugs used in immunotherapy. Common Degree Outcomes

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. History of pharmacology, units of measurement, and medical math
    2. Absorption and excretion of drugs
    3. Prescriptions and laws
    4. Drug groups and categories, organized by body system
    5. Fluid therapy
    6. Drug administration and excretion routes

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 2050 - Large Animal Techniques-Lecture

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1580  with grade C or better

    VETT 2050 teaches veterinary technology students the principles and techniques used by veterinary technicians in equine and food animal veterinary practices. Topics include animal handling and restraint, specimen collection, injection routes, anesthesia, and surgery. The course also covers terminology, breeds, physical exam techniques, and anatomy and physiology of the common large animal species and poultry.

    Billable Contact Hours: 1

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss all attributes of the equine species and recognize normal and abnormal conditions.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify various breeds of horses.
    2. Identify and understand the anatomy and physiology of the horse.
    3. Discuss in depth the anatomy of the legs, hooves, digestive system, skull, mouth, and the common problems affecting those structures.
    4. Define basic equine terminology.
    5. Recognize and describe various forms of equine body language.
    6. List and describe the components of the equine physical exam.
    7. List normal values for the horse including: temperature, pulse, respiration, pubescent age, heat cycle, and gestation period.
    8. Discuss bandaging techniques.
    9. Identify and describe the various gaits of the horse.
    10. Discuss in detail the restraint techniques used in the equine species.
    11. List common injection and venipuncture sites in the horse.
    12. Recognize and describe various colors and markings used to identify the horse.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss all attributes of the ovine and caprine species and recognize normal and abnormal conditions.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify various breeds of sheep and goats.
    2. List the normal values for the sheep and goat including: temperature, pulse, respiration, pubescent age, heat cycle, and gestation period.
    3. List and describe the components of the physical exam for the sheep and goat.
    4. Describe and recognize the anatomy and physiology of the sheep and goat with emphasis on the digestive system.
    5. Define basic terminology used when working with sheep and goats.
    6. Describe restraint techniques used with sheep and goats.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss all attributes of the porcine species and recognize normal and abnormal conditions.

    Objectives:

    1. Define basic porcine terminology.
    2. Identify various breeds of pigs.
    3. List and describe the components of the physical exam of the pig.
    4. List the normal values for the pig including: temperature, pulse, respiration, heat cycle, and gestation period.
    5. Identify and discuss the anatomy of the pig, focusing on the digestive tract and circulatory system.
    6. Describe restraint techniques used when handling pigs.
    7. Discuss the venipuncture methods used in pigs.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss all attributes of the bovine species and recognize normal and abnormal conditions.

    Objectives:

    1. Define basic bovine terminology.
    2. Identify various breeds of cows.
    3. List and describe the components of the physical exam of the cow.
    4. List the normal values for the cow including: temperature, pulse, respiration, heat cycle, and gestation period.
    5. Identify and discuss the anatomy of the cow, focusing on the digestive system.
    6. Describe restraint techniques used when handling cows.
    7. Discuss behavior characteristics of the cow.
    8. Recognize and describe the stages of parturition in the cow.
    9. Discuss sample collection for mastitis testing.

    Outcome E: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss all attributes of the poultry species and recognize normal and abnormal conditions.

    Objectives:

    1. Define basic poultry terminology.
    2. Identify various breeds of poultry.
    3. List and describe the components of the physical exam of poultry.
    4. List the normal values for poultry including: temperature, pulse, and respiration.
    5. Identify and discuss the anatomy of poultry.
    6. Describe restraint techniques used when handling poultry.
    7. Describe techniques for clipping wings.
    8. Identify the sex of poultry.
    9. List common venipuncture sites and methods of injection in poultry.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Equine
    2. Ovine
    3. Caprine
    4. Porcine
    5. Bovine
    6. Poultry

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 2060 - Large Animal Techniques-Laboratory

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1580  with grade C or better

    VETT 2060 instructs veterinary technician students in the techniques of handling and restraint of equine and food animal species. Application strategies include physical examination, specimen collection and laboratory test procedures, injections, oral medication administration, and other procedures relative to these species. Students will also perform bandaging, hoof care, and lameness exam procedures for horses.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply knowledge of the basic skills in handling and restraint of the horse, cow, sheep, goat, pig, and poultry.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the basic fundamentals of large animal restraint and handling.
    2. Identify the danger potentials of the horse, cow, sheep, goat, and pig.
    3. Demonstrate the appropriate buttocks restraint position for the sheep and goat.
    4. Identify and list in order the five types of restraints used on horses.
    5. Demonstrate appropriate placement of a halter on the horse and cow.
    6. Demonstrate appropriate placement of a lip, and ear twitch on a horse.
    7. Demonstrate appropriate physical and mechanical restraint on the pig.
    8. Demonstrate appropriate physical restraint on poultry.
    9. Demonstrate how to safely operate a cattle chute.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe normal large animal behavior.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize the signs of a normal large animal, a frightened or nervous large animal, and an aggressive large animal.
    2. Identify and describe the methods large animals use to aid in visual, body and vocal communications.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate appropriate physical exam procedures for large animals and poultry.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize and identify various breeds of horse, cow, sheep, goat, pig, and poultry.
    2. Identify nutritional requirements for large animals.
    3. Demonstrate TPR for the horse, cow, sheep, goat, and pig.
    4. Demonstrate appropriate use of the stethoscope.
    5. Be able to estimate age of the horse, sheep and goat by eruption of their teeth.
    6. Identify and demonstrate the three pulse points of the horse.
    7. Identify and list the five gaits of the horse.
    8. Demonstrate an appropriate lameness exam on the horse.
    9. Recognize correct and incorrect gaits of the horse.
    10. Identify and palpate sebaceous and mammary glands on sheep and goats.
    11. Demonstrate appropriate auscultation of poultry.
    12. Demonstrate appropriate pharyngeal swab sample collection of poultry.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of how to: give intramuscular injections, intravenous injections, collect blood samples, administer oral medications, and various other procedures in the large animal and poultry species.

    Objectives:

    1. Define terminology related to injections.
    2. List the common syringe sizes used in large animal and poultry medicine.
    3. List the common needle sizes used in large animal and poultry medicine.
    4. Demonstrate how to perform intramuscular and intravenous injection on the horse and intravenous injection on the cow.
    5. Demonstrate the appropriate handling and disposal of needles and syringes.
    6. List all possible veins that could be used for venipuncture in the large animal and poultry species.
    7. Demonstrate the procedure for venipuncture using the syringe and vacutainer methods.
    8. List the different types of collection tubes and describe what type of test they are used for.
    9. Demonstrate the appropriate way to transfer blood into tubes.
    10. Demonstrate how to correctly label blood tubes upon collection.
    11. Define and understand abbreviations used to describe oral medication administration.
    12. Demonstrate the procedure for administering oral medications to a horse, cow, sheep, goat, pig, and poultry.
    13. List the reasons for bandage application.
    14. Explain the tools and materials used in the bandaging process.
    15. Demonstrate how to bandage the leg of a horse.
    16. Demonstrate the procedure for applying a tail wrap bandage on the horse.
    17. Recognize warning signs that a bandage was applied improperly.
    18. Demonstrate appropriate use of a hoof knife and pick used on the horse.
    19. Demonstrate appropriate hoof trimming on a sheep/goat.
    20. Demonstrate appropriate procedures for performing a mastitis test.
    21. Demonstrate how to position horses for radiographs and use of portable x-ray machine.
    22. Demonstrate appropriate nail trim procedure on poultry.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Equine
    2. Ovine
    3. Caprine
    4. Porcine
    5. Bovine
    6. Poultry

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 2200 - Small Animal Diseases

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1580 with grade C or better

    (formerly VETT 2220)

    VETT 2200 provides veterinary technician students with basic information on diseases and the body’s defense system mechanisms, vaccination procedures, nutrition, reproduction, and public health concerns for the dog and cat species. It stresses preventative health measures and client education. Disease discussions will cover etiology, diagnosis, and treatment.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to understand the body’s defense system and its response to disease.

    Objectives:

    1. Define antigen.
    2. Define antibody.
    3. Describe the body’s mechanical barrier to disease.
    4. Explain inflammatory response.
    5. Describe the difference between specific immunity, cell mediated immunity, and humoral immunity.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to understand the common diseases of the cardiovascular, digestive, endocrine, blood and immune, integumentary, musculoskeletal, nervous, reproductive, respiratory, and urinary systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize the anatomy of the canine and feline heart.
    2. List and describe the different parts to an ECG.
    3. Define heart failure.
    4. Understand the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of various cardiovascular diseases.
    5. Recognize and understand what causes various cardiac arrhythmias.
    6. Understand the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of various digestive system diseases.
    7. Know the genus species of the common parasites that can cause digestive diseases.
    8. Know the purpose of the thyroid gland, pancreas, and adrenal glands.
    9. Understand the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of various endocrine system diseases.
    10. Know the 3 main categories of eye diseases.
    11. List and identify the accessory structures of the eye.
    12. List and identify the structures with in the eye globe.
    13. Understand the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of various eye diseases.
    14. Understand the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of various blood and immune disorders.
    15. Understand the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of various integumentary system diseases.
    16. List the many functions of the skin.
    17. Understand the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of various musculoskeletal system disorders.
    18. Understand the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of various nervous system disorders.
    19. List the parts of the body that comprise the central nervous system.
    20. List the parts of the body that comprise the peripheral nervous system.
    21. Understand the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of various reproductive disorders.
    22. Understand the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of various respiratory disorders.
    23. List the parts of the body that comprise the upper respiratory tract.
    24. List the parts of the body that comprise the lower respiratory tract.
    25. Understand the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of various urinary system disorders.
    26. Understand the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of various diseases such as: feline panleukopenia, feline infectious peritonitis, feline leukemia virus, feline immunodeficiency virus, toxoplasmosis, rabies, canine distemper, canine parvovirus, rickettsioses, ehrlichiosis, and borreliosis.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop preventative health plans.

    Objectives:

    1. Define vaccine.
    2. List the dos and don’ts of vaccination.
    3. Know recommended vaccination schedules.
    4. Know the procedure to follow if a person or pet is exposed to rabies.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Preventative health
    2. Bodies defense mechanisms and vaccination
    3. Infectious diseases
    4. Zoonotic diseases
    5. Cardiovascular system diseases
    6. Respiratory system diseases
    7. Digestive system diseases
    8. Endocrine system diseases
    9. Blood and immune disorders
    10. Integument system diseases
    11. Musculoskeletal system disorders
    12. Nervous system disorders
    13. Reproductive system disorders
    14. Urinary system diseases

    Primary Faculty
    Delauter, Julie
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 2320 - Laboratory & Exotic Animal Techniques-Lecture

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1580  with grade C or better

    (formerly VETT 2300)

    VETT 2320 introduces veterinary technology students to the principles and techniques used by veterinary technicians in laboratory and exotic animal veterinary practice. Information and skills covered and emphasized include common species of laboratory and exotic animals, diseases, husbandry, breeding protocols, euthanasia, and necropsy procedures. Also discussed are alternatives to the use of live animals in research, the key members of the research team, and regulatory agencies governing research facilities.

    Billable Contact Hours: 1

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will be familiar with the basic principles of animal research and understand the utilization of laboratory animals in animal research. The student will also have a working knowledge of federal, state, and local animal welfare regulations.

    Objectives:

    1. Understand how a research facility is designed and know the importance of hygiene in the research facility.
    2. Understand the importance of a carefully planned breeding protocol in a research facility.
    3. Understand and recognize the importance of nutrition and metabolism in the research facility.
    4. Understand the role of key members involved in a research project and in the research facility, and how alternatives can be used in place of live animals.
    5. Understand and describe anesthesia, euthanasia, and necropsy procedures employed in the research facility.
    6. Compare both the physiological and behavioral characteristics of the various species of laboratory animals.
    7. Understand animal welfare and rights groups, associations, animal welfare act, humane care and use, federal governmental agencies, and state laws.
    8. Alternatives to research.
    9. Understand gnotobiology and its importance in laboratory animal research.
    10. List special equipment used with gnotobiotic animals.
    11. List specific dietary concerns used with gnotobiotic animals.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to understand the approach to providing safe and effective care for common laboratory animals, ferrets, chinchilla, birds, reptiles, and amphibians.

    Objectives:

    1. Understand safe handling and restraint of above species.
    2. Recognize the common infectious diseases of the above species.
    3. Understand unique husbandry issues for the above species and provide client education.
    4. Understand the unique requirements of these species to safely obtain subjective and objective data that will allow evaluation of patients.
    5. Recognize husbandry issues, discern appropriate from inappropriate nutritional support, and recognize normal from abnormal behavior patterns.
    6. Demonstrate knowledge of zoonotic diseases and modes of transmission.
    7. Understand husbandry and restraint of non-human primates.
    8. List the various methods of lab animal identification.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Facility design and hygiene in the research facility
    2. Breeding protocols
    3. Nutrition and metabolism
    4. Animal rights, governmental agencies and laws
    5. Alternatives to research
    6. Procurement and transportation
    7. Anesthesia, euthanasia, necropsy
    8. Mouse
    9. Rat
    10. Hamster
    11. Guinea Pig
    12. Rabbit
    13. Gerbil
    14. Avian
    15. Miscellaneous laboratory animals

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 2330 - Laboratory & Exotic Animal Techniques-Laboratory

    Credit Hours: 0.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1580  with grade C or better

    VETT 2330 instructs veterinary technician students in techniques associated with laboratory and exotic animal species. Application strategies include hygiene, handling and restraint, nail trims, and sexing. The course also covers various injection techniques.

    Billable Contact Hours: 1

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate proper handling and restraint of common laboratory and exotic animals.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate appropriate handling and restraint of the rat, mouse, hamster, guinea pig, gerbil, rabbit, and bird.
    2. Describe the appropriate hygiene protocol when handling laboratory and exotic animals.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will determine the sex of various animals and perform nail trims.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate how to sex the rat, mouse, hamster, guinea pig, gerbil and rabbit.
    2. Demonstrate appropriate technique for trimming nails in rabbit and bird.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate various injection techniques on laboratory and exotic animals.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate appropriate subcutaneous injection technique for various laboratory and exotic animals.
    2. Demonstrate appropriate intramuscular injection technique for various laboratory and exotic animals.
    3. Demonstrate appropriate intradermal injection technique for various laboratory and exotic animals.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Hygiene
    2. Handling and restraint
    3. Nail trims
    4. Determining sex of various animals
    5. Injection techniques

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 2340 - Advanced Laboratory & Exotic Animal Techniques-Laboratory

    Credit Hours: 0.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1580 , VETT 2320 , and VETT 2330  all with grade C or better

    (formerly VETT 2310)

    VETT 2340 instructs veterinary technician students in advanced techniques performed on laboratory and exotic animal species. It will also reiterate the basic skills taught in VETT 2330. Application strategies include venipuncture and sample collection, injections, anesthesia techniques, ear punch identification and numbering sequence, euthanasia, and necropsy. The course also covers medication administration techniques in lab and exotic animals as well as radiographic positioning of the bird.

    Billable Contact Hours: 1

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate appropriate administration of medications and passage of a stomach tube, venipuncture techniques and sample collection, advanced injection techniques performed in common laboratory and exotic animals, the ear punch method and numbering sequence for the identification of a laboratory animal, and positioning of birds for radiographic procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate appropriate oral administration of medications to the rabbit and appropriate method of passing a stomach tube in the mouse and rat.
    2. Demonstrate the appropriate venipuncture techniques and blood collection for various laboratory and exotic animals.
    3. Demonstrate appropriate retro-orbital blood collection technique on a lab animal.
    4. Demonstrate appropriate intravenous injection technique for various laboratory and exotic animals.
    5. Demonstrate appropriate intraperitoneal injection technique for various laboratory and exotic animals.
    6. Demonstrate the correct ear punch method on various laboratory and exotic animals.
    7. List which laboratory animals can be ear punched and the numbering sequence involved in identifying a laboratory animal.
    8. Demonstrate the correct positioning of the bird for radiographic procedures.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate appropriate anesthesia techniques for laboratory animals.

    Objectives:

    1. List and discuss the various types of anesthetic agents used in laboratory and exotic animals.
    2. List the stages and planes of general anesthesia for laboratory and exotic animals.
    3. Describe placing various laboratory and exotic animals under general anesthesia.
    4. Demonstrate the appropriate post-op care for laboratory and exotic animals recovering from general anesthesia and be able to report any abnormalities.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate appropriate necropsy techniques for laboratory animals.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and report signs of diseases in the laboratory and exotic animals.
    2. List the criteria in evaluating methods of euthanasia.
    3. Identify and list the modes of action of euthanizing agents.
    4. List the chemical and physical methods used for euthanasia.
    5. Discuss why a necropsy is performed on laboratory and exotic animals.
    6. Demonstrate how to perform a general necropsy on one laboratory animal.
    7. Identify various internal organs during the necropsy.
    8. Describe the collection and fixation of tissues for a necropsy exam.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Oral administration of medication
    2. Venipuncture and retro-orbital techniques for sample collection
    3. Advanced injection techniques
    4. Animal identification methods
    5. Radiographic positioning of birds
    6. Anesthesia techniques
    7. Necropsy

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 2470 - Clinical Pathology 2-Laboratory

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 2050 , VETT 2060 , VETT 2200 , VETT 2320 , VETT 2330 , VETT 2340 , VETT 2620 , and VETT 2630  all with grade C or better

    (formerly VETT 2490)

    VETT 2470 instructs veterinary technician students in advanced laboratory procedures done in veterinary practice. It also reiterates the basic skills taught in VETT 1450. Application strategies include performing skills associated with clinical pathology, clinical chemistry, blood‑related tests such as blood typing and coagulation, bacteriology, cytology, mycology, endocrinology, and immunology. Topics also include hematology of exotic and large animal species.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate how to use and maintain various laboratory equipment to minimize lab error and increase quality control

    Objectives:

    1. List the various parts of the microscope and their purpose.
    2. Demonstrate which objective lenses are to be used under various circumstances.
    3. Describe how to properly clean and maintain the microscope.
    4. Demonstrate how to use and maintain various automated CBC machines and blood chemistry machines.
    5. Demonstrate how to troubleshoot various laboratory machines and equipment

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate how to perform common laboratory tests accurately and in a timely fashion

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the various blood collection tubes and which tubes are commonly used for which laboratory tests.
    2. Demonstrate how to make and stain a blood smear.
    3. Demonstrate how to examine a blood smear for white blood cells, red blood cells, platelets, and reticulocytes.
    4. Demonstrate how to perform a differential and a complete blood count.
    5. Be able to identify various blood parasites.
    6. Demonstrate how to perform clinical chemistry tests on various laboratory machines.
    7. Demonstrate how to perform an automated complete blood count on various laboratory machines.
    8. List the steps for collecting and evaluating bone marrow samples.
    9. Demonstrate how to perform various coagulation tests.
    10. Demonstrate how to perform a manual blood cross match.
    11. List the procedures for collecting blood samples for Bile Acids, Thyroid, Cortisol, and Phenobarbital tests.
    12. Describe how to properly prepare and read a fecal smear.
    13. Identify intestinal parasites on the fecal slide.
    14. Demonstrate how to properly prepare a urine sample for microscopic and chemical examination.
    15. Demonstrate ability to identify crystals, bacteria, white blood cells, red blood cells, and epithelial cells in a urine sample.
    16. Demonstrate how to prepare and examine an ear cytology for mites, yeast, and bacteria.
    17. Demonstrate how to prepare and examine a skin scraping for common skin mites.
    18. Demonstrate how to prepare and examine a vaginal cytology smear.
    19. List the cytology collection techniques for ears, vaginal, tumor impression smears, scrapings, swabs, fine needle aspirates and fluids.
    20. Define various cytology terms.
    21. List the common viruses of the canine, feline, equine, and bovine, and the technique for collection of specimens for diagnosis of these viruses.
    22. Define various immunology and serological terms.
    23. List and describe the steps involved in the collection of specimens for immunology and serology.
    24. Describe how to differentiate between antibodies and antigens.
    25. List and explain the rules for lab safety when working with bacteria.
    26. List common types of culture medias and agars used for bacterial diagnostics.
    27. Demonstrate how to prepare a bacterial smear from a broth culture and a solid media culture.
    28. List the steps and demonstrate the gram staining procedure for identifying bacteria.
    29. Define various microbiology terms.
    30. Demonstrate how to streak plates for quadrant, growth and identification.
    31. Identify bacterial colonies, characteristics, groupings and shapes.
    32. Describe how to interpret antibiotic inhibition discs.
    33. Describe how to perform and interpret progesterone and leutinizing hormone tests in female animals.
    34. Demonstrate how to properly prepare and interpret various antigen and antibody tests.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Review Clinical Pathology I
    2. Clinical Chemistry, Automated Analyzers
    3. Advanced Hematology, Large and Exotic Animal Species Hematology
    4. Coagulation, Blood Typing, Cross Matching
    5. Cytology, Mycology, External Parasitology, Blood Parasites
    6. Immunology, Virology, Serology, Endocrinology, Misc. Function Tests
    7. Bacteriology

    Primary Faculty
    Delauter, Julie
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 2480 - Clinical Pathology 2-Lecture

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 2050 , VETT 2060 , VETT 2200 , VETT 2320 , VETT 2330 , VETT 2340 , VETT 2620 , and VETT 2630  all with grade C or better

    This course instructs veterinary technician students in the principles of commonly utilized laboratory tests in veterinary medicine. Topics covered and emphasized include clinical pathology, clinical chemistry, blood functions, bacteriology, cytology, mycology, endocrinology, and virology. The course also correlates the performance, purpose, and clinical significance of the tests with the factors necessary for quality control.

    Billable Contact Hours: 1

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will identify the veterinary technician’s role in clinical pathology and the appropriate steps to minimize laboratory error and increase quality control.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the veterinary technician’s role in the lab.
    2. List and describe the three main areas of quality control.
    3. List and describe the three common types of errors in the lab.
    4. Describe correct specimen collection and handling.
    5. Describe factors that can influence results.
    6. Explain the correct way to label samples.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will identify the procedure and need for clinical chemistry tests.

    Objectives:

    1. Define clinical enzymology.
    2. Identify the various units of measurement.
    3. Explain the principles of spectrophotometry.
    4. Describe the basic functions of various body organs (kidney, liver, and pancreas).
    5. Identify which tests are used to evaluate each body organ or system.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will identify normal and abnormal blood functions including coagulations factors and blood typing.

    Objectives:

    1. Define reticulocyte.
    2. List the four events of hemostasis.
    3. Identify the various tests used to evaluate coagulation.
    4. Explain the process of blood collection and transfusion.
    5. List the different canine blood types.
    6. List the different feline blood types.
    7. Describe the procedures available for determining blood type.
    8. Recognize signs of a transfusion reaction.
    9. Describe the cross match procedure.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will describe testing for common diseases related to mycology, bacteriology, cytology, and virology.

    Objectives:

    1. Define dermatophyte.
    2. Explain the specimen collection procedure.
    3. Describe the various types of fungal infections and explain the process of diagnosis and treatment.
    4. List three types of microorganisms.
    5. Define microbiology.
    6. Define bacteria.
    7. Describe the staining properties, morphology, cell arrangement, oxygen requirements, and culture characteristics of various bacteria studied in this course.
    8. Explain culture and sensitivity testing.
    9. Describe the two interpretations of the zones of inhibition.
    10. Define virology.
    11. Describe the appropriate immunological tests used for diagnosis of common viral diseases.
    12. Define serology.

    Outcome E: Upon completion of this course, students will describe collection and testing of cytology samples.

    Objectives:

    1. List the reasons for performing a vaginal cytology.
    2. List and describe the steps involved in collecting a vaginal cytology sample.
    3. Explain the four stages of estrus.
    4. Describe the characteristics of a vaginal cytology for anestrus, proestrus, estrus, and diestrus.
    5. Explain the steps in sperm collection.
    6. List the five areas of sperm evaluation.
    7. Describe how LH and progesterone tests are is used to determine optimum breeding time in the bitch.
    8. Define malignant and benign.
    9. Explain the difference between transudate and exudate.
    10. Describe the steps to perform a fine needle aspirate.
    11. Describe the steps to perform a solid tissue impression smear.
    12. List the criteria for malignancy.

    Outcome F: Upon completion of this course, students will identify the procedure and need for endocrine and exocrine tests.

    Objectives:

    1. List the two major functions of the pancreas.
    2. Define exocrine and endocrine.
    3. List and describe the common exocrine and endocrine tests.
    4. List three exocrine digestive enzymes produced by the pancreas.
    5. Describe the role of insulin in the body.
    6. Describe the role of adrenal, pancreatic, and thyroid hormones in the body as they relate to testing.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Clinical pathology, Quality Control, and Clinical Chemistry
    2. Endocrinology and Cytology
    3. Electrolytes, Reticulocytes, Blood Parasites, and Bone Marrow
    4. Coagulation and Blood Types
    5. Mycology, Bacteriology, Virology, and Immunology
    6. Vaginal Cytology and Sperm Analysis

    Primary Faculty
    Delauter, Julie
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 2500 - Large Animal Diseases

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 2050 , VETT 2060 , VETT 2200 , VETT 2320 , VETT 2330 , VETT 2340 , VETT 2620 , and VETT 2630  all with grade C or better

    (formerly VETT 2100)

    VETT 2500 provides veterinary technician students with basic information on diseases and the body’s defense system mechanisms, vaccination procedures, nutrition, reproduction, and public health concerns for the large animal species. It stresses preventative health measures and client education. Disease discussions will cover etiology, diagnosis, and treatment.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will have a general understanding of the large animal patient.

    Objectives:

    1. List the normal vital signs of the horse, pig, sheep, goat, and cow.
    2. Define terms commonly associated with large animal medicine.
    3. List the components of the large animal physical examination.
    4. Describe the methods of administering medications to large animal patients.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will describe the restraint and anesthesia techniques used with large animal patients.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize restraint and anesthesia medications used with the equine patient, including injectable, topical, and inhalant medications and their common uses.
    2. Describe the use of anesthesia, both general and regional, in cattle and the contraindications of these agents.
    3. Describe the most common forms of anesthesia used when treating members of the porcine species.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will discuss the various internal and external parasites of large animals.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the importance of parasite control programs for domestic farm animals and give examples of those programs.
    2. Identify common parasites of the horse and the treatments used to eradicate them.
    3. Describe the various diagnostic tests for parasites used in large animal medicine.
    4. Identify internal parasites of the cow and describe their prevention.
    5. Identify the internal and external parasites of the pig.
    6. Identify the internal and external parasites of the sheep and goat.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will understand the diseases of the digestive, nervous, cardiovascular, respiratory, locomotor, and reproductive systems of the horse, pig, sheep, goat, and cow.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the anatomy of the equine skull.
    2. Describe how dental problems are directly related to digestive system disorders and explore the treatments and prevention for dental problems.
    3. List the dental formula of the horse, pig, sheep, and cow.
    4. Identify the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of various digestive system diseases such as: lactic acidosis, ruminal tympany, abomasal displacement, gastric ulcers, colic and traumatic reticuloperitonitis.
    5. Explore the clinical signs, diagnosis and treatment of various nervous system disorders such as: wobbler syndrome, equine protozal myeloencephalitis, rabies, and tetanus.
    6. Recognize large animal diseases that are highly contagious.
    7. Describe the anatomy and physiology of the cardiovascular system.
    8. List and describe the components of the ECG.
    9. Recognize abnormalities in the cardiac rhythm.
    10. Identify the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of numerous types of cardiovascular diseases including congenital heart disease, immune mediated thrombocytopenia, equine infectious anemia, anthrax, and babesiosis.
    11. Discuss primary immunodeficiency and the tests used to diagnose this disease.
    12. Identify the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatments of diseases of the respiratory system. These include equine rhinopneumonitis, equine influenza, strangles, bovine respiratory disease complex, progressive atrophic rhinitis in pigs and tuberculosis.
    13. Recognize possible complications due to diagnostic testing.
    14. Describe how radiographs can aid in the diagnosis of respiratory disease.
    15. Identify the clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment options of the various reproductive system diseases such as: endometritis, brucellosis, and trichomonaisis.
    16. Describe the reproductive system of both the male and female animal.
    17. Know the normal length of heat cycles and gestation for the horse, pig, sheep, goat, and cow.
    18. Describe the breeding pattern of horses, as well as, the numerous ways to control the estrus cycle of the mare.
    19. Describe parturition in the mare.
    20. Describe neonatal conditions and treatment such as: failure of passive transfer, retained meconium, navel-ill, and neonatal septicemia.
    21. List clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of diseases of the locomotor system. These include laminitis, puncture wounds, and contagious foot root.
    22. Describe large animal toxicology, including poisonous plants and pesticides.
    23. List clinical signs and prevention of poultry based diseases such as salmonellosis, coccidiosis, and Newcastle’s disease.
    24. Discuss the profession of meat inspection and its’ importance in maintaining a healthy food supply.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Equine Medicine
    2. Food animal medicine (bovine and porcine)
    3. Ovine and caprine medicine
    4. Poultry management and medicine
    5. Meat Inspection

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 2580 - Veterinary Technician Internship 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 2050 , VETT 2060 , VETT 2200 , VETT 2320 , VETT 2330 , VETT 2340 , VETT 2620 , and VETT 2630  all with grade C or better

    This course provides veterinary technician students with additional supervised clinical experience in an affiliated veterinary facility. Students are provided an opportunity to continue practice of necessary skills commonly performed in veterinary practice.

    Billable Contact Hours: 7

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will describe and demonstrate office procedures

    Objectives:

    1. Maintain a clean and orderly front desk and client reception area.
    2. Demonstrate the use of and correctly maintain the patient/client financial and medical records systems, including integrating and filing laboratory reports, x-rays, etc.
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of ethics, laws and regulations including preparation and filing of health certificates, etc.
    4. Demonstrate knowledge of OSHA regulations in a veterinary practice.
    5. Demonstrate ability to use the computer for making receipts, sending reminders, doing inventory, etc.
    6. Communicate with the public on the telephone and in person.
    7. Demonstrate how to deal appropriately with first aid and emergency situations in person and on the telephone.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will describe and demonstrate examination room procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate a familiarity with equipment and supplies used in the examination room and keep them properly stocked.
    2. Demonstrate how to determine and know “normal” in dog and cat species for the following: temperature, pulse, and respiration.
    3. Demonstrate the ability to properly use a stethoscope.
    4. Demonstrate how to correctly administer routine vaccinations under supervision.
    5. Identify the common breeds of the following species: dog, cat, bird, and laboratory animals.
    6. Demonstrates correct restraint techniques with consideration of personal and patient safety.
    7. Identify routine hospital procedures, such as elective surgeries, dental work, worming, home care of patient, etc.
    8. Demonstrate knowledge of basic nutrition principles for the common species.
    9. Correctly collect the following specimens: blood, urine (catheterization - male), urine (cystocentesis), urine (freeflow), skin scrapings, fecal samples, culture samples, and cytology specimens.
    10. Correctly administer drugs under doctor supervision.
    11. Correctly perform the following elective procedures: express anal glands, clean ears, and trim toenails.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will describe and demonstrate pharmacology procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate how to correctly label and package dispensed drugs.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to read and fill a prescription.
    3. Demonstrate the correct use of weights and measures.
    4. Demonstrate the ability to correctly calculate dosages.
    5. Demonstrate the correct handling and storage of biologic and therapeutic agents.
    6. Demonstrate correct handling of controlled substances.
    7. Demonstrate the ability to learn and apply drug inventory control procedures.
    8. Demonstrate how to correctly prepare and monitor intravenous fluids.
    9. Demonstrate how to read and apply information on drug labels and package inserts.
    10. Describe how to recognize normal versus abnormal responses to medication.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will describe and demonstrate surgery procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Observe, but not necessarily assist with, the following procedures: ovariohysterectomy, castration, cesarean section, orthopedic procedures, tail dock, dewclaw removal, cat declaw, soft tissue surgery, and dystocia.
    2. Demonstrate correct preparation of the surgical patient, surgical site, surgical suite, surgical pack, and surgical personnel.
    3. Demonstrate correct sterilization of equipment by various methods.
    4. Demonstrate correct autoclave operation and maintenance.
    5. Demonstrate knowledge of different types of suture material.
    6. Demonstrate appropriate post-operative clean up of the patient, surgical suite, instruments, and equipment.
    7. Identify common surgical instrument, and demonstrate the correct handling of these instruments.

    Outcome E: Upon completion of this course, students will describe and demonstrate anesthesiology procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of common pre-anesthetic and anesthetic drugs and their appropriate usage.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of operation and maintenance of inhalation anesthesia equipment.
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of levels of general anesthesia, and maintaining the patient at the instructed level of anesthesia.
    4. Recognize and respond to anesthetic emergencies.
    5. Demonstrate the ability to intubate a canine and feline patient.
    6. Demonstrate how to maintain correct levels of inhalation gases.
    7. Demonstrate how to monitor vital signs during anesthesia.
    8. Demonstrate the correct monitoring and care of the post-op patient.

    Outcome F: Upon completion of this course, students will describe and demonstrate general animal care procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify different types of bandage material, and demonstrate how to handle each type.
    2. Demonstrate and explain how to correctly remove sutures.
    3. Demonstrate how to perform dental procedures.
    4. Demonstrate how to perform therapeutic bathing and grooming.
    5. Explain appropriate orphan care, including tube feeding.
    6. Demonstrate how to apply appropriate inpatient feeding and nutrition.
    7. Demonstrate how to maintain appropriate cleanliness, sanitation and odor control for the patient and the hospital.
    8. Demonstrate and explain how to correctly administer enemas.
    9. Demonstrate how to administer appropriate emergency care to trauma patients.
    10. Demonstrate the use of appropriate procedures to clean, prepare, and debride open wounds and/or abscesses under doctor’s supervision.

    Outcome G: Upon completion of this course, students will describe and demonstrate radiology procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the potential radiation hazards and demonstrate uses of safety equipment.
    2. Explain how to make and use a technique chart or maintain an x-ray log.
    3. Demonstrate how to take and develop diagnostic radiographs.
    4. Demonstrate how to replace and/or replenish developer and fixer solutions.
    5. Demonstrate how to use methods of labeling, filing and storing of radiographs.
    6. Explain how to determine and correct causes of faulty radiographs.
    7. Demonstrate the correct maintenance of x-ray equipment.
    8. Demonstrate a functional knowledge of the principles of x-ray production.

    Outcome H: Upon completion of this course, students will describe and demonstrate laboratory procedures.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the correct procedure for a complete urinalysis.
    2. Demonstrate the correct procedure for skin scraping, collection of ectoparasites, use of the Wood’s lamp, and use of fungal cultures.
    3. Identify common ectoparasites.
    4. Demonstrate correct procedure for fecal analysis for parasites, fat, and occult blood.
    5. Demonstrate the correct procedure for heartworm testing.
    6. Demonstrate the correct procedure for vaginal cytology examination.
    7. Demonstrate the correct procedure making and staining blood smears.
    8. Demonstrate the correct procedure for a manual white blood count, differential white blood cell count, red blood cell count, platelet count, PCV, hemoglobin determination, and clotting time.
    9. Demonstrate knowledge of basic blood chemistries.
    10. Demonstrate the correct procedure for preparing a sample for bacterial culture and sensitivity.
    11. Identify common bacteria.
    12. Demonstrate knowledge of necropsy and euthanasia procedures.
    13. Demonstrate knowledge of correct care, maintenance and quality control of laboratory equipment.
    14. Demonstrate appropriate handling of pertinent data, reports, and records (including quality control).

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Office procedures
    2. Examination room procedures
    3. Pharmacology procedures
    4. Surgery procedures
    5. Anesthesia procedures
    6. General animal care procedures
    7. Radiology procedures
    8. Laboratory procedures

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 2590 - Veterinary Technician Capstone

    Credit Hours: 2.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 2050 , VETT 2060 , VETT 2200 , VETT 2320 , VETT 2330 , VETT 2340 , VETT 2620 , and VETT 2630  all with grade C or better

    VETT 2590 prepares veterinary technician students for the licensing exam(s) after graduation. Instructors give “mock” exams to test students’ knowledge of information and skills learned in the veterinary technician program. Essential skills checklist items not already covered, per American Veterinary Medical Association (AVMA) requirements, are also completed during this course.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2.5

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will understand the fundamentals of normal and abnormal physiology, intervention, prevention and clinical application pertaining to the health and well being of companion animal species.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of normal structure, physiology, and immunology.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of treatment and prevention of disease.
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of pharmacology and toxicology.
    4. Demonstrate knowledge of surgery and anesthesia techniques.
    5. Demonstrate knowledge of medical communications and professional ethics, animal welfare, practice management, critical thinking and problem solving skills

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will successfully demonstrate required AVMA essential skills.

    Objectives:

    1. For AVMA completion requirements, demonstrate correctly the procedures of essential skills previously failed during Small Animal Techniques lab.
    2. For AVMA completion requirements, demonstrate correctly the procedures of essential skills previously failed during Anesthesia lab.
    3. For AVMA completion requirements, demonstrate correctly the procedures of essential skills previously failed during Surgical Assisting lab.
    4. For AVMA completion requirements, demonstrate correctly the procedures of essential skills previously failed during Clinical Pathology labs.
    5. For AVMA completion requirements, demonstrate correctly the procedures of essential skills previously failed during Radiology Techniques lab.
    6. For AVMA completion requirements, demonstrate correctly the procedures of essential skills previously failed during Laboratory Animal Techniques lab.
    7. For AVMA completion requirements, demonstrate correctly the procedures of essential skills previously failed during Large Animal Techniques lab.
    8. For AVMA completion requirements, demonstrate correctly the procedures of essential skills previously failed during Internship rotations.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will apply course knowledge and critical thinking skills to successfully pass the required licensing exam(s).

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate application of study techniques in preparation of the licensing exam(s).
    2. Participate in mock board exams, being exposed to a variety of sample question styles and topics.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will compile a working resume and demonstrate knowledge of how to conduct a professional interview.

    Objectives:

    1. Successfully compile a relevant and professional working resume.
    2. Demonstrate professional conduct during the interview process.
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the human-animal bond as it pertains to the practice of veterinary technology.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Mock Board Exams
    2. Essential Skills Checklist Completion
    3. Resume and Interview Preparation

    Primary Faculty
    Renda-Francis, Lori
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 2620 - Radiology for Veterinary Technicians-Lecture

    Credit Hours: 1.50


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1580  with grade C or better

    VETT 2620 teaches veterinary technician students the fundamentals of taking and developing radiographs. Topics include positioning, how radiographs are generated, fundamentals of film processing, radiographic techniques and quality, and radiation safety procedures. Other imaging technologies include ultrasound, fluoroscopy, MRI, CT scan, and nuclear scintigraphy.

    Billable Contact Hours: 1.5

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome A: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the basic concepts of radiology and radiographic machinery.

    Objectives:

    1. Define various terms related to radiographs, radiograph developing, and machinery.
    2. State the significance of the wavelength of x-rays.
    3. Describe how radiographs are generated.
    4. List the physical properties of radiographs.
    5. List the components of the x-ray machine.
    6. Describe the use of those machine components relative to taking a radiograph.

    Outcome B: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the fundamentals of film processing and x-ray solutions.

    Objectives:

    1. List and describe the qualities of a darkroom.
    2. List the steps of film processing.
    3. List and describe the developer components.
    4. Describe the function of the developer, rinse, and fix baths.
    5. Compare and contrast manual vs. automatic radiograph development.
    6. Describe the methods of recognizing exhausted chemicals.
    7. Describe how an automatic processor works.
    8. List the maintenance procedures of automatic processors.

    Outcome C: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the basics of radiographic techniques, create technique charts and describe the measurement and positioning used to obtain diagnostic radiographs of structures and regions of the body.

    Objectives:

    1. State the variables that control the quality and quantity of an x-ray beam.
    2. Define the roles of milliamperage, kilovoltage, and time in the production of x-rays.
    3. State the effect of distance on the intensity of an x-ray beam.
    4. List the factors that affect density.
    5. List and describe the exposure factors that affect contrast, density, and detail.
    6. Describe a grid and its purpose in radiography.
    7. State the standard change made to kilovoltage to alter the penetration of x-rays.
    8. State the standard change made to milliamperage to alter radiographic density.
    9. Describe how to develop a technique chart for each body region.
    10. Describe how each body structures and regions are measured in preparation of obtaining radiographs.
    11. Describe the common patient positioning methods for obtaining radiographs of body structures and regions.

    Outcome D: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the fundamentals of radiation safety.

    Objectives:

    1. List the tissues most sensitive to radiation-induced damage.
    2. State which personnel are prohibited from assisting in radiographic procedures.
    3. State the two types of tissue damage that can occur from exposure to radiation.
    4. List and define the units of radiation exposure for absorption.
    5. Define the maximum permissible dose (MPD); name the organization responsible for setting dose limits; state the MPD for occupationally exposed personnel.
    6. List and describe the three types of personal exposure dosimeters.
    7. State the three primary methods by which personnel are exposed to radiation during radiography.
    8. List the practical methods that personnel can use to reduce personal exposure during radiography.
    9. State the proper maintenance protocol for protective apparel.

    Outcome E: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the fundamentals of alternative imaging technologies including ultrasound, fluoroscopy, MRI, CT scan and nuclearscintigraphy as they pertain to clinical use.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the anatomy of the ultrasound machines.
    2. Describe the basic physics behind each of these diagnostic modalities.
    3. List clinical uses for each of these diagnostic modalities.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. X-ray production
    2. Darkroom technique; film and cassette preparation
    3. Developing and preserving the films
    4. Specific x-ray techniques
    5. Technique charts
    6. Radiation safety
    7. Alternative imaging technologies

    Primary Faculty
    Delauter, Julie
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • VETT 2630 - Radiology for Veterinary Technicians-Laboratory

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: Admission into the Veterinary Technician Program; VETT 1580  with grade C or better

    VETT 2630 instructs veterinary technician students in taking and developing quality radiographs, while following safe radiographic procedures. Application strategies include utilizing personnel safety procedures, completion of a portfolio of various commonly performed radiographs, and manual and automatic processing of radiographs. Also covered is the alternative imaging modalities of electrocardiography and ultrasonography.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the fundamentals of radiology learned in the lecture course to produce quality diagnostic x-rays for the required portfolio, while using maximum safety for personnel and patient.

    Objectives:

    1. Define various terms related to radiography.
    2. Describe how x-rays are generated.
    3. List five elements necessary for x-ray production.
    4. Describe the purpose of the cathode.
    5. Describe the purpose of the anode.
    6. List and discuss the two types of anodes.
    7. List and define the four exposure factors on the x-ray machine.
    8. Identify the factors that effect contrast and density.
    9. State the equation used to determine mAs.
    10. Demonstrate correct positioning for radiographs of various anatomical regions.
    11. Explain when to use tabletop or grid techniques.
    12. Demonstrate how to correctly set the settings on the x-ray machine.
    13. Demonstrate appropriate restraint methods that are safe for the patient as well as the technician.
    14. Demonstrate how to correctly position an animal for various types of radiographs.
    15. Demonstrate appropriate film identification techniques.
    16. Compare and contrast both good and poor diagnostic radiographs, as well as list methods of improvement for poor diagnostic radiographs.
    17. Submit a portfolio of x-rays of the required anatomical regions; include proper positioning, identification, collimation, beam center, and exposure factors.
    18. Demonstrate how to correctly complete radiograph logs, reports, files, and records.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to list the darkroom techniques needed to develop diagnostic x-rays, including comparing both manual and automatic techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. List and describe the three main qualities of a good darkroom.
    2. State the various methods of darkroom light proofing.
    3. Demonstrate the five basic steps of film processing.
    4. List and describe the six developer and fixer components.
    5. Describe the function of the fixer solution.
    6. Demonstrate the nine steps of manual film processing.
    7. Demonstrate the use of the automatic film processor and understand how it works.
    8. Demonstrate the appropriate steps to loading and unloading film cassettes.
    9. Demonstrate and understand the appropriate care of film cassettes.
    10. Describe and demonstrate appropriate film handling, and care, and storage.
    11. Describe the steps to changing the developing and fixing solutions in the manual processing tanks.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and apply safety protocols while taking radiographs.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain maximum permissible dose.
    2. State the maximum permissible dose for exposed personnel.
    3. State three primary methods that personnel are exposed to radiation during radiography.
    4. List the tissues most sensitive to radiation-induced damage.
    5. Explain which personnel are prohibited from radiographic procedures.
    6. Describe the appropriate protective gear and devices used for taking radiographs.
    7. Describe the appropriate maintenance protocol for protective apparel.
    8. Identify the practical methods that personnel can employ to reduce personal exposure during radiography.
    9. Describe the significance of scatter radiation, and how to reduce it.
    10. Explain the importance of collimation.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the knowledge of the use of electrocardiograms (ECGs) and ultrasound, as they are used in clinical practice.

    Objectives:

    1. Define various terms related to electrocardiograms and ultrasounds.
    2. Demonstrate appropriate patient positioning for ECGs.
    3. Demonstrate how to appropriately place the leads to produce a diagnostic ECG.
    4. Demonstrate how to interpret an ECG.
    5. Explain how an ultrasound machine functions.
    6. Describe the three display modes used in ultrasound procedures.
    7. Demonstrate how to prepare a patient for various ultrasound procedures, including ultrasound guided cystocentesis urine sample collection.
    8. Explain the technician’s role in ultrasound and how it has changed over the years.
    9. Demonstrate how to perform a Tonometer test.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. X-ray portfolio
    2. Darkroom techniques
    3. Radiograph safety procedures
    4. Critiquing of x-rays
    5. Ultrasound and ECG

    Primary Faculty
    Delauter, Julie
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Shaw, Andrea
    Dean
    Mirijanian, Narine



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Welding

  
  • ATWD 1100 - Welding Metallurgy

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    The student shall study the metallurgy of welding, the types of steel and their manufacture, the welding methods and processes, the temperature change in welding, the structure and the properties of metals, the effects of alloying elements, fluxes, slags, gases for welding, the simple welds in iron and steel.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the manufacturing of steel.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the manufacturing of steel.
    2. Use the various steel identification systems.
    3. Recognize the effects of alloying elements in metals.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to determine the welding processes and methods of welding.

    Objectives:

    1. Determine the various welding processes and methods of welding (of specific types of metals).
    2. Observe simple welding in metals, iron and steel, for temperature and structural changes of the metals during welding.
    3. Determine the effect of fluxes, slags, and gases for welding.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the metallurgical change that takes place between metals.

    Objectives:

    1. Observe the metallurgical change that takes place between the welded base metal and weld filler metal.
    2. Explain the effects of temperature change on the structure and properties of metals.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Welding Metallurgy
    2. Types of steel and their manufacture
    3. Welding methods and processes
    4. Temperature changes in welding
    5. Structure of metals
    6. The properties of metals
    7. Effects of alloying elements
    8. Fluxes, gases and slags for welding
    9. Simple welds in iron and steel

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATWD 1110 - Fundamentals of Gas & Arc Welding

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    The student shall know how to set up and operate gas welding and shielded metal arc welding equipment and safely function in a welding shop. The student shall weld various joints using gas welding and arc welding processes in the flat position.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate safe operation in a welding shop.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate safe operation of gas welding.
    2. Demonstrate safe operation of arc welding.
    3. Demonstrate safe operation of related tools.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to select the proper filler metal to weld materials.

    Objectives:

    1. Select filler material for gas welding.
    2. Select electrodes for arc welding.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use gas-welding equipment to braze materials.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate selection of flux.
    2. Demonstrate the selection of brazing material.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate cutting steel with oxy/fuel cutting equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate cutting a straight line.
    2. Demonstrate cutting a bevel.
    3. Demonstrate piercing a hole.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction
    2. How to set up and safely operate gas welding equipment. Film and filmstrip
    3. Lab startup. Beading
    4. Edge and corner joints
    5. Welding joint. LAP
    6. Welding joint, TEE horizontal position
    7. Welding joint open-butt
    8. Brazing, soldering - cutting
    9. Gas welding practical test
    10. Arc welding safety filmstrips - equipment operation
    11. Lab start up arc welding beads - E6010
    12. Welding edge and corner joint - E6012
    13. Welding joint - LAP E6013
    14. Welding joint - TEE E7018 and 7024
    15. Welding joint open-butt E7018
    16. Arc welding practical exam

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATWD 1130 - Shielded Metal Arc Welding 1 (SMAW)

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATWD 1110 

    The student shall know how to set up, select electrodes and operate arc welding equipment and safely function in a welding shop. The student shall pass an open-butt joint in the flat position tested in accordance with A.W.S. procedures.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the set up and safe operation of SMAW welding equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate safe set-up.
    2. Demonstrate related tools.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to select the proper filler metals.

    Objectives:

    1. Select the proper filler metals when welding flat.
    2. Select the proper filler metals when welding vertical.
    3. Select the proper filler metals when welding overhead.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate metal cutting equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate cutting metal with oxy/fuel.
    2. Demonstrate cutting metal with mechanical equipment.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Orientation, introduction
    2. Set up and safely operate equipment
    3. Introduction to lab, electrodes
    4. Beading
    5. Edge joint-groove weld
    6. Lap joint-fillet weld
    7. Tee joint-fillet weld
    8. Tee joint-fillet weld (multi-pass)
    9. Tackers test as per instructions
    10. Square edge joint-groove weld
    11. 600-Vee groove as per A.W.S. (Exit exam) not in text-flame cutting
    12. ATWD 113, Exit Exam and Test
    13. ATWD 113 Written Exam, last day for lab test

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATWD 1140 - Gas Metal Arc Welding (MIG)

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    The student shall write procedures, fabricate sample welds using the GMAW process of the basic joints in the flat position. These welds are to be made in various thicknesses of steel and aluminum. The testing of these welds should be in accordance with A.W.S. procedures.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the set-up and safe operation of GMAW welding equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate safe set-up.
    2. Demonstrate related tools.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to select the proper filler metals.

    Objectives:

    1. Select the proper filler metals when welding flat.
    2. Select the proper filler metals when welding vertical.
    3. Select the proper filler metals when welding overhead.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate metal cutting equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate cutting metal with oxy/fuel.
    2. Demonstrate cutting metal with mechanical equipment.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Orientation, introduction
    2. Set up and safely operate equipment
    3. Introduction to lab
    4. Beading
    5. Edge joint - grove weld
    6. Lap joint - fillet weld
    7. Tee joint - fillet weld
    8. Tee joint - fillet weld (multi-pass)
    9. Tackers test as per instructions
    10. Square edge joint - groove weld
    11. 60o-Vee groove as per A.W.S. (exit exam) not in text - flame cutting
    12. ATWD-1140 written exam, last day for lab test

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATWD 1150 - Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG)

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ATWD 1110 

    The student shall know how to set up and safely operate the GTAW welding equipment, select the proper filler material and welding procedure, and weld shielding gas. The student shall pass bend test of groove joints in steel and aluminum using different filler metal, metal thickness, and shielding gases in the flat position. The weld tests are to be done in accordance with the A.W.S. procedures.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the set up and safe operation of gas tungsten arc welding equipment, other related equipment and function safely in a welding environment.

    Objectives:

    1. Pass a fillet weld test in steel and aluminum in the horizontal position according to A.W.S. Welding Code, D1.1 and D1.2.
    2. Pass a V groove weld test in the flat position of steel and aluminum in accordance with the A.W.S. Welding Code, D1.1 and D.2.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to follow the instructions of a welding procedure.

    Objectives:

    1. Select the proper filler metal to weld with.
    2. Weld steel in the flat position.
    3. Weld aluminum in the flat position.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction, course requirements
    2. TIG welding steel and lab orientation
    3. Bedding on steel plate, procedures
    4. Edge and corner joints
    5. Lap joint and T-joint fillet welds
    6. Square butt joint
    7. Qualification test steel - per AWS D1.3 Structural Welding Code - sheet metal
    8. Aluminum welding - discussion of aluminum alloys
    9. Bedding on plate aluminum
    10. Edge and corner joints and aluminum
    11. Lap joint - fillet weld (1F)
    12. Tee joint-fillet weld (1F)
    13. Square groove - open butt joint (1G)
    14. Qualification test aluminum (1G) Pelaws D1.2

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATWD 1160 - Advanced Welding & Welder Certification (SMAW)

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ATWD 1130 

    The student shall write welding procedures, fabricate sample weldments in the vertical and overhead positions in the SMAW process. The testing of the welds shall be in accordance with A.W.S. procedures and welding codes. The student will receive welder certification upon completion of the welding tests within the requirements of the welding codes. May be taken twice for credit.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to be certified to AWS standards.

    Objectives:

    1. Write and use a welding procedure to complete test welds approved by the teacher.
    2. Weld and pass V-groove test welds approved by the teacher according to A.W.S. Welding Codes.
    3. Certification of the welder will follow the passing of the test welds, which includes an ID certification card with photo and certification forms for the students.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Orientation
    2. Welding procedures
    3. Welding practice, vertical bends
    4. Welding procedure completed
    5. Welding practice, vertical fillets
    6. Welding practice, vertical melt through
    7. Welding practice, overhead bends
    8. Welding practice, overhead fillets
    9. Welding practice, overhead melt through
    10. Weld certification testing-vertical and overhead
    11. Last day for lab tests

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATWD 1161 - Advanced Welding & Welder Certification (GMAW)

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ATWD 1140 

    The student shall write welding procedures, fabricate sample weldments in the vertical and overhead positions in the GMAW process. The testing of the welds shall be in accordance with A.W.S. procedures and welding codes. The student will receive welder certification upon completion of the welding tests within the requirements of the welding codes. May be taken twice for credit.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be certified to AWS standards.

    Objectives:

    A. Write and use a welding procedure to complete test welds approved by the teacher.

    B. Weld and pass V-groove test welds approved by the teacher according to A.W.S. Welding Codes.

    C. Certification of the welder will follow the passing of the test welds, which includes an ID certification card with photo and certification forms for the students.


    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Orientation
    2. Welding procedures
    3. Welding practice, vertical bends
    4. Welding procedure completed
    5. Welding practice, vertical fillets
    6. Welding practice, vertical melt through
    7. Welding practice, overhead bends
    8. Welding practice, overhead fillets
    9. Welding practice overhead melt through
    10. Weld certification testing-vertical and overhead
    11. Last day for lab tests

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATWD 1162 - Advanced Welding & Welder Certification (GTAW)

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ATWD 1150 

    The student shall write welding procedures, fabricate sample weldments in the vertical and overhead positions in the GTAW process. The testing of the welds shall be in accordance with A.W.S. procedures and welding codes. The student will receive welder certification upon completion of the welding tests within the requirements of the welding codes. May be taken twice for credit.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcomes 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to be certified to A.W.S. standards.

    Objectives:

    1. Write and use a welding procedure to complete test welds approved by the teacher.
    2. Weld and pass V-groove test welds approved by the teacher according to A.W.S. Welding Codes.
    3. Certification of the welder will follow the passing of the test welds, which includes an ID certification card with photo and certification forms for the students.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Orientation
    2. Welding procedures
    3. Welding practice, vertical bends
    4. Welding procedure completed
    5. Welding practice, vertical fillets
    6. Welding practice, vertical melt through
    7. Welding practice, overhead bends
    8. Welding practice, overhead fillets
    9. Welding practice, overhead melt through
    10. Weld certification testing-vertical and overhead
    11. Last day for lab tests

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATWD 1163 - Advanced Welding & Welder Certification (Pipewelding)

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ATWD 1160 , ATWD 1161 , and ATWD 1162 

    The student shall write welding procedures, fabricate sample weldments in the vertical and overhead positions in the pipewelding process. The testing of the welds shall be in accordance with A.W.S. procedures and welding codes. The student will receive welder certification upon completion of the welding tests within the requirements of the welding codes. May be taken twice for credit.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be certified to A.W.S. standards.

    Objectives:

    1. Write and use a welding procedure to complete test welds approved by the teacher.
    2. Weld and pass V-groove test welds approved by the teacher according to A.W.S. Welding Codes.
    3. Certification of the welder will follow the passing of the test welds, which includes an ID certification card with photo and certification forms for the students.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Orientation
    2. Welding procedures
    3. Welding practice, vertical bends
    4. Welding procedure completed
    5. Welding practice, vertical fillets
    6. Welding practice, vertical melt through
    7. Welding practice, overhead bends
    8. Welding practice, overhead fillets
    9. Welding practice, overhead melt through
    10. Weld certification testing-vertical and overhead

    Primary Faculty
    Kacir, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

 

Page: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10